Download MacPeds Pediatric Survival Guide

Document related concepts

Patient safety wikipedia , lookup

Fetal origins hypothesis wikipedia , lookup

Canine parvovirus wikipedia , lookup

Prenatal testing wikipedia , lookup

Prenatal development wikipedia , lookup

Prenatal nutrition wikipedia , lookup

Multiple sclerosis research wikipedia , lookup

Neonatal intensive care unit wikipedia , lookup

Oral rehydration therapy wikipedia , lookup

Theralizumab wikipedia , lookup

Transcript
 MacPeds Pediatric Survival Guide For Residents and Clinical Clerks 2013-­‐2014 Editor: Dr. Moyez B. Ladhani TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION
Page
§ Welcome to Pediatrics! ……………………………………………………….4
§ McMaster Pediatrics Contact Information …………………………………..5
§ Paging, RTAS Information ……………………………………………………7
§ McMaster CTU 1/2 Pediatrics Expectations and Weekly Schedule…… ..8
§ Allied Health Contact Numbers………………………………………………12
§ Resources: Handbooks, PDA, Websites …………………………………..14
§ Dictation Instructions ………………………………………………………... 18
§ Pediatrics Staff Dictation Codes and Pagers …………………………….. 19
PEDIATRICS AT ST. JOSEPH’S HEALTHCARE
§ SJH Pediatrics Contact Information, Paging, Door Codes, Library…….. 26
§ SJH CTU 4 Expectations and Weekly Schedule ………………………… 27
§ Accommodation Services, On-call, Dictating……………………………... 30
§ SJH Instructions for Listening to Dictated Reports …………………….... 33
PEDIATRIC INFORMATION
§ History & Physical Examination Outline …………………………………... 34
§ pGALS-A Screening Examination of the MSK system…………………… 41
§ Growth Charts………………………………………………………………… 48
§ Adolescent History ………………………………………………………….. 58
§ Birth Weight Conversion Chart (lbs/oz à kg) ……………………………. 61
§ Admission Orders …………………………………………………………… 62
§ Progress Note Template – Pediatrics …...………………………………… 63
§ Documentation ………………………………………………………………64
§ Mandatory Reporting of Child Abuse…………………………………….. 66
§ Discharge Summary Template – Pediatrics ……………………………… 67
§ Fluids & Electrolytes ……………………………………………………….... 69
§ Developmental Milestones …………………………………………………. 78
§ Immunization Schedule …………………………………………………….. 81
NEONATOLOGY
77
§ St Joes common terms and definitions……………………………………..85
§ Progress Note Template – Neonatal ………………………………………87
§ Discharge Summary Template – NICU / Level 2 Nursery ………………. 88
§ Neonatal Resuscitation Algorithm …………………………………………. 92
§ Neonatal Resuscitation Drugs ……………………………………………... 93
§ Neonatal Nutrition Guidelines à Enteral ………………………………….94
à TPN …………………………………….
à Vitamins and Minerals ………………..
§ Prevention of Perinatal Group B Streptococcal Disease …………...…… 103
§ Hypoglycemia Guidelines for At-Risk Newborns …………….………….. 106
§ Hyperbilirubinemia (Jaundice) In Newborn Infants ≥ 35 Weeks ……….. 112
§ Phototherapy Guidelines for < 35weeks or < 2500 grams………………..134
§ Management of Hypernatremia in a Breastfed Infant……………………. 136
FORMULARY
137
§ Abbreviation Guidelines – HHSC ………………………………………….. 138
§ Safer Order Writing …………………………………………....................... 140
§ Antibacterials ………………………………………………………………… 141
§ Pediatric Formulary ……………………………………………………….. 154
§ Opiod Analgesic Equivalence………………………………………………. 171
§
§
§
Systemic Steroid equivalence……………………………………………… 172
PPI comparison chart……………………………………………………….. 173
Pediatric Nutrition Formulary.............................................................. 174
Table of Contents Continued.
PEDIATRIC EMERGENCY MEDICINE…………………………………………177
§ PALS Algorithms …………………………………………………………….. 178
§ PALS Algorithm Medications …………………………………………......... 181
§ Status Epilepticus Algorithm ……………………………………………….. 183
§ Diabetic Ketoacidosis Guidelines ………………………………….. ……... 187
Pediatric Vital Signs and Glasgow Coma Scale (GCS) ………………………189
ORDER SETS……………………………………………………………………. 190
Bronchiolitis………………………………………………………………………. 191
Croup……………………………………………………………………………… 193
Dehydration……………………………………………………………………….. 196
Prevention of Maternal-Infant HIV Transmission………………………………200
Asthma……………………………………………………………………………. 201
UTI…………………………………………………………………………………. 204
WELCOME TO MacPeds!
This handbook was designed for the large number of residents from a
variety of disciplines that rotate through pediatrics during their first year
of training. It may also be helpful for clinical clerks during their time on
the pediatric wards, as well as for pediatric residents and elective
students.
Hopefully this demystifies some of the ‘pediatric specific’ logistics, and
gives a few practical suggestions for drug dosages and fluid
requirements. This is intended only to act as a guideline for general
pediatrics use, and some drugs, doses, indications and monitoring
requirements may differ in individual situations. I would like to thank
Nicole Clarke and Melani Sung for compiling and editing the pediatric
formulary section and Lori Chessell and Connie Stuart for compiling the
Neonatal Nutrition Section.
The Drug Formulary in this book is intended for pediatric patients only.
For neonatal drugs to be used in the neonatal nurseries please refer to the
neonatal drug book in the neonatal nurseries.
I would very much appreciate any feedback, suggestions or
contributions emailed to [email protected]
Sincerely,
Moyez B. Ladhani
Editor
Permission to copy and distribute this document is granted provided that (1) the
copyright and permission notices appear on all reproductions; (2) use of the
document is for non-commercial, educational, and scientific purposes only; and (3)
the document is not modified in any way.
MacPeds Survival Guide
4
McMaster PEDIATRICS CONTACT INFORMATION
Wards
3B Back
76123, 76120
3C North
76345, 76344
3CSouth
73388, 76972
L2N
73753
NICU
76147
L&D
75050
4C Nursery
76354
PCCU
72610, 75692
Eating Disorder Unit
73289
Clinical
3F clinic
2G clinic
2Q clinic
OR Reception
PACU
Short Stay
Radiology
MRI
CT scan
Ultrasound
EEG 4U
ECHO 2F
GI – pH probe
MacPeds Survival Guide
75012
75011
75094, 75095
75645
75653
75564
75279
75059
73728-room
75287-reception
75316
76363
75097
Labs
Stat Lab
Bloodbank
Coagulation
Microbiology
Pathology
76303
76281
76288
76311
76327
Administration
Paging
Admitting
Bed Booking
Health Records
Computer support
Appointments
Info Desk
Security
Room bookings
76443
75100
75106
75112
43000
75051
75266
76444
22382
5
Program Assistants
Postgraduates:
Shirley Ferguson
28023
[email protected]
Adriana Flaiani
21931
[email protected]
Sandy Murray
21882
[email protected]
Undergrad (clerks)
Kim Babin
21954
[email protected]
BCT residents:
Colleen Willson 26660
[email protected]
Family med residents: Jennifer Frid
76024
[email protected]
Wendy Milburn
905-575-1744 x203
[email protected]
CTU
Skye Levely
[email protected]
75639
Chief Residents – Pediatrics
[email protected]
MacPeds Survival Guide
6
PAGING
To page someone from within the hospital:
1. dial 87
2. enter person’s pager number (4 digits)
3. enter call-back extension (5 digits)
4. enter priority code (∗ * then 1 for CODE/STAT, 2 for
ROUTINE, 3 for ANYTIME, 4 denotes PHYSICIAN paging)
If you don’t know their pager #, wish to leave a typed message or
to wait on an outside line: call x76443
To inactivate/activate your own pager:
1. dial 87
2. enter your own pager #
3. dial 08
RTAS (Rapid Telephone Access System)
• For retrieval of dictated radiology reports not yet typed on Meditech
Internal access x75077
To access from outside (905) 521-5077
Security code 4123#
Patients ID # (9 digits)
1 – stop report
2 – resume play
3 – rewind
4 – slow down speed
5 – disconnect from system
6 – speed up
8 – next report
0 – go to start of report
MacPeds Survival Guide
7
Division of General Pediatrics CTU 1, CTU 2, Weekly Schedule
Handover:
Handover is to take place from 0715-0745 hrs. It is therefore important to complete
a succinct handover within the allotted 30 minutes. The senior residents will meet
with the charge nurses from 3B/3C/3Yto review potential discharges at 9:15am.
Discharge Rounds:
Discharge rounds will be a brief meeting with the attending paediatrician, and Senior
Pediatric Residents. Patients that can go home will be identified at this time and
discharges for these patients should occur promptly. Discharge planning should
always be occurring and the team should discuss patients that could potentially go
home the night before. This would then be the time to ensure that if those patients are
ready that the patients are discharged.
See Patients:
During this time the team will see their assigned patients. The chart and nursing
notes should be reviewed to identify any issues that have arisen over night. The
patient should be seen and examined. All lab work and radiological procedures that
are pending should be reviewed. The house staff should then come up with a plan for
the day and be ready to present that patient during ward rounds. It is not necessary
that full notes be written at this time, as there will be time allotted for that later in the
day.
Ward Rounds:
During ward rounds the attending paediatrician, with/without Senior Resident, and
house staff will round on patients for their team. These are work rounds. All efforts
should be made to go bedside to bedside to ensure that all patients are rounded on.
Some spontaneous teaching during rounds and at the bedside can occur during this
time, however there is allotted time for that later in the day.
Team 1 will start on 3Y then proceed to 3C and 3B
Team 2 will start on 3C then proceed to 3Y and 3B
Case Based Learning
There will be 10 modules that the learners should complete during their stay on the
CTU over a one month period. The senior resident will be responsible to assign the
cases to be discussed. The team should read the articles provided and work on the
objectives prior to the discussion with the senior and other learners. The attending is
encouraged to play a supervisory role during the discussions.
MacPeds Survival Guide
8
Patient Care:
During this time residents will follow through with decisions made during ward
rounds. They will finish charting on patients. This is also the time for them to get
dictations done and to complete face sheets.
Teaching Sessions:
There are various teaching sessions throughout most days on the CTU. Please refer to
the CTU teaching schedule for locations – this will be posted online as well as on the
wards.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Monday morning from 08:00-09:00 will be Division of General Paediatric
Rounds.
Mondays from 15:00 to 16:00 – there will be Specialty teaching session. It is
the goal during this time to get various specialties to come in and teach around
patients that are on the ward.
Bedside case teaching. The individual teams will do these as time permits.
Tuesdays from 08:00 to 09:00 – Teaching for all learners, except third
Tuesday, which is for Pediatric residents only.
Wednesdays 4th Wednesday of the month will be Peds Cardiology teaching –
“Heart to Heart” which is from 08:00-09:00
Wednesday is Academic Half Day for pediatric residents.
Thursdays from 08:00 to 09:00 – Pediatric Grand Rounds
Second Thursday starting at 13:30, will be Simulation teaching, refer to the
monthly schedule for details.
Thursdays from 15:00 to 16:00: There will be radiology teaching once a
month and possibly other teaching session booked.
Friday 08:00-09:00, can be used for the Case Based Learning modules except
3rd Friday which will be endocrinology rounds.
Nurses and other health care professionals are welcome to attend these rounds.
Evaluations:
Time is left in the schedule for evaluations. This would be the time to give
residents mid-way evaluations, as well as end of rotation evaluations.
Handover 1630 hrs:
Handover will occur to the on-call team.
MacPeds Survival Guide
9
Orientation:
At the beginning of each month the attending should meet with their team
members to review the objectives, expectation and schedule of the rotation. The
senior resident may have valuable input during this time.
Multi-Disciplinary Rounds:
Team 1 and 2 will occur on Tuesdays. Team 1 will be from 1300-1330; Team 2
will be from 1330-1400.
MacPeds Survival Guide
10
Division of General Pediatrics
CTU 1 and 2 Weekly Schedule
Monday
Handover
7:15-7:45
Tuesday
Wednesday
Handover
Handover
Teaching
MDCL 3020
* except
Week 4:
third
Heart to
Tuesday
Heart
LCC for
(08:00Peds
09:00)
residents
only
Thursday
Handover
Friday
Handover
Case Based
Learning
Except
week 3,
Endo
Rounds
8:00-9:00
Division of
General
Pediatrics
Rounds
4E20
9:00-10:30
See Patients
See Patients
See Patients
See Patients
See Patients
Ward
Rounds
Lunch
*MDR 1& 2
Patient Care
Ward
Rounds
Lunch
Patient
Care/AHD
Ward
Rounds
Lunch
*MDR 3
Patient Care
Ward
Rounds
Lunch
Patient
Care
15:00-16:00
Ward
Rounds
Lunch
Patient
Care
Specialty
Teaching
AHD
Teaching
Sessions
16:00-16:30
16:30-17:00
Evaluations
Handover
Evaluations
Handover
AHD
Handover
Evaluations
Handover
10:30-12:00
12:00-13:00
13:00-15:00
Grand
Rounds
MDCL 3020
Evaluations
Handover
Please refer to attached document for details of each of the above.
*MDR = Multidisciplinary Rounds.
The detailed monthly schedule for this can be found at
www.macpeds.com
MacPeds Survival Guide
11
ALLIED HEALTH – CONTACT NUMBERS/PAGERS
SPECIALTY
NAME
RT
RT, general pager 3B,
3C, 3Y
1362
OT
Deb Gjertsen
1177
OT
Kate Dobson-Brown
1240
OT
Anne Newman
1885
SLP
Sara Webster
5082
PT
Weekend
1148
PT
Jillian McJannet
1029
PT
Barb Pollock
4317
PT
Sarah Fairfield
1148
Tina Street
1092
CCAC
Child Life
PAGER
X 76129
Child Life
After hours/Weekends
1225
Child Life
Lora Zimmerman
4092
Child Life
Laura Perkin
4086
Child Life
Sarah Pershick
1714
Dieticians
X 73562
Dietician
Helena Pelletier
1279
Dietician
Lisa Talone
1513
Pharmacy
Pharmacist
X 76023
Nicole Clarke
MacPeds Survival Guide
1423
12
Pharmacy
Technician
Carrie Morrell
IV Nurse
1099
1007
Wound Care Nancy Trapasso
Nurse
5150
Social Work
Carol Ann O’Toole
1193
Social Work
Bill Ratz
1039
Acute Nurse
Care
Rose-Frances Clause
Practitioner
Respiratory
Home Care
Coordinator
Clinical
Nurse
Specialist
1934
Jeannie Kelso
1042
Joanne Dix
1409
Team 1
Pager
5301
Team 2
Pager
5302
Team 3
Pager
5303
Senior
Pediatric
Resident
1645
Pediatric
ICU
Resident
1000
MacPeds Survival Guide
13
RESOURCES
Handbooks/Pocketbooks:
• Hospital for Sick Children Handbook (11th ed, 2010).
• Harriet Lane Handbook (1999): John Hopkins Hospital, Dept
of Pediatrics.
• Pediatrics on Call
• Pediatric Drug Dosage Handbook (on most wards)
Texts:
• Nelson Essentials of Pediatrics (18th ed): Behrman R.E. and
R.M. Kliegman.
• Rudolph’s Fundamentals of Pediatrics (3rd ed, 2002):
Rudolph, A.M. et al.
• Pediatric Clinical Clerkship Guide
Clinical Skills:
• Pediatric Clinical Skills (3rd ed): Richard A. Goldbloom.
Journals (all accessible via e-Resources at McMaster
Libraries)
• Pediatrics In Review. Monthly publication by AAP (American
Academy of Pediatrics), consisting of review articles and
case presentations
• NeoReviews. Monthly publication by AAP, featuring
excellent review articles of common neonatal conditions
• Journal of Pediatric & Child Health. Monthly publication of
CPS (Canadian Pediatric Society).
MacPeds Survival Guide
14
WEBSITES
McMaster Pediatrics Residency Program
http://www.macpeds.com
Our residency program site that includes staff & resident presentations,
subspecialty orientation materials, policy statements and our favorite links.
Canadian Pediatric Society - Position Statements
http://www.cps.ca/en/documents
The main site also directs you to their journal (Pediatrics and Child Health)
and a separate site for information for parents (Caring for Kids).
American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP)
http://pediatrics.aappublications.org/site/aappolicy/index.xhtml
The American equivalent of CPS, which has an expansive collection of
practice guidelines and policy statements that are widely quoted.
CDC Growth charts
http://www.cdc.gov/growthcharts/
WHO Growth charts
http://www.who.int/childgrowth/standards/en/
SOGC Guidelines (Society of Obstetricians and
Gynecologists of Canada)
http://sogc.org/clinical-practice-guidelines/
Evidence-based guidelines created by the SOGC, as indexed by topic
area. Some of these are quite helpful in Level 2 Nursery and other
newborn settings. Many others are quite helpful during your obs/gyn
rotation!
MacPeds Survival Guide
15
Stanford School of Medicine Newborn Nursery Photo Gallery
http://newborns.stanford.edu/PhotoGallery/GalleryIndex.html
Alphabetically organized collection of photographs of common neonatal
conditions and dermatology
CanChild-Centre for childhood disability research
http://www.canchild.ca/en/
MORE WEBSITES …
Motherisk Program
http://www.motherisk.org/
A comprehensive program for evidence-based online information about the
safety or risk of drugs, chemicals and disease during pregnancy and
lactation based at Hospital for Sick Children.
National Advisory Council on Immunization (NACI)
http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/naci-ccni/
A program of the Canadian Public Health Association for educating parents
and families, as well as health care professionals about the benefits and
guidelines regarding childhood immunizations.
Canadian Institute of Child Health (CICH)
http://www.cich.ca/index_eng.html
As their mission statement states “Dedicated to promoting and protecting
the health, well-being and rights of all children and youth through
monitoring, education and advocacy.”
Phone Apps/PDA
• Pediatrics on call – useful for common pediatric conditions
• Pediatstat – quick access pediatric resuscitation information
MacPeds Survival Guide
16
• Pediatric EKG – common pediatric ECG findings
• Epocrates (http://www.epocrates.com) – free, drug database
• HSC Handbook, Harriet Lane, The 5-minute pediatric consult both
available on PDA and Skyscape
Other Links: Hematology Oncology: http://www.pedsoncologyeducation.com/ Neurology Exams: http://library.med.utah.edu/pedineurologicexam/html/home_exam.html Cardiology: http://depts.washington.edu/physdx/heart/demo.html http://www.wilkes.med.ucla.edu/Physiology.htm MacPeds Survival Guide
17
DICTATIONS – Hamilton Health Sciences Corporation
x5000 to enter, (905) 575-2550 externally
Enter Author ID (#)
Enter site (#)
11. General
12. Henderson
13. MUMC
14. Chedoke
Enter Report Type (#)
21. Consultation
22. Discharge
3. Operative Report
4. Pre-op History & Physical
25. Clinic Note
Enter Chart Number (#) – the ID # after the ‘M’
Enter Patient Type (#)
1. Inpatient
2. Outpatient
3. ER
4. Child & Family
Press 2 to dictate, *5 to disconnect
1. Hold
2. Pause/Continue
3. Skipback/Play
4. Fast Forward (44 to move to end)
5. Disconnect
6. Prioritize
7. Rewind (77 rewind to beginning)
8. End Report
For each report:
- your name, patient name (spelling if difficult)
- chart number, work type, copies to (FD, pediatrician, consultants, MRP, etc) MacPeds Survival Guide
18
PEDIATRIC STAFF – PAGERS AND OFFICE NUMBERS
General
Pediatrics
Pager Number
Office
Number
Babic, Bojana
7638
664-9913
Cheung, Wendy
7522
523-1209
Chitayat,
Samara
7349
523-6766
Ernst, Caroline
3339
522-8915
Federici, Julie
7347
333-5437
Fitzpatrick, Kelly
523-3167
575-0611
Gambarotto,
Kathy
572-8681
575-0611
Giglia, Lucy
7536
523-6766
Hallett, Kristen
2089
664-9992
Hunter, Andrea
7561
575-0611
Ladhani, Moyez
2040
x75639
Latchman,
Andrew
2555
x76340
Lim, Audrey
3449
X76340
MacNay,
Ramsay
2031
523-1209
Orovec, Natalie
76443-paging
664-9992
MacPeds Survival Guide
19
O'Toole, Frank
524-7609
575-0611
Roy, Madan
2023
x75639
Seigel, Sandi
3008
628-0054
Shbash, Iman
7570
575-0611
Wahi, Gita
2315
x76340
Wahi, Shobha
572-1464
523-7920
Sub-Specialist
Pager
Office
Number
Specialty
El Helou, S
2560
x73490
Neonatology
Fusch, C
2045
x75721
Neonatology
Marrin, M
2705
x73490
Neonatology
Shivananda, S
2403
x73490
Neonatology
Williams, C
2128
x 73502
Neonatology
Sub-Specialist
Surgery
Pager
Office
Number
Specialty
Ayeni, F
2104
x73532 or
Ortho Surgery
NICU
x75094
Bailey, K
2766
x73550 or
General Surg
x75094
Bain, J
2628
x73222 or
Plastic Surg
x78520
MacPeds Survival Guide
20
Baronia, B
2743
x75237 or
Neurosurgery
x75011
Braga, L
76443 - paging
x73777 or
Urology
x78519
Burrow, S
2133
x73177 or
Ortho Surgery
x75094
Cameron, B
76443 - paging
x75231 or
General Surg
x75094
DeMaria, J
76443- paging
x73777 or
Urology
x78519
Fitzgerald, P
76443 - paging
x75231 or
General Surg
x75094
Flageole, H
76443 - paging
x75244 or
General Surg
x75094
Korman, B
2600
x75246 or
ENT
x75051
Peterson, D
2035
x73177 or
Ortho Surgery
x75094
Sabri, K
76443 - paging
x73509 or
Ophthalmology
x72400
Singh, S
2577
x75237 or
Neurosurgery
x75011
MacPeds Survival Guide
21
Strumas, N
76443 - paging
x73594 or
Plastic Surg
x78520
Walton, M
76443- paging
x75244 or
General Surg
x75094
Sub-Specialist
Pager
Office
Number
Specialty
Almeida,C
2409
x75249
Cardiology
Anchala, K
No pager
x75155
ER
Arora, S
2066
x75635
Nephrology
Athale, U
2118
x73464
Hem-Onc
Baird, B
2645
x75607
ER
Barr, R
2712
x73428
Hem-Onc
Bassilious, E
2081
x73716
Endocrinology
Batthish, M
76443 - paging
X75382
Rheumatology
Belostotsky, V
76443 - paging
x75635
Nephrology
Breaky, V
2125
x73428
Hem-Onc
Brill, H
2476
x73455
GI
Callen, D
2038
x75686
Neurology
Carter, T
2644
x73508
Development
Cellucci, T
76443 - paging
X75382
Chan, A
521-5030
x73464
Hem-Onc
Choong, K
2865
x76651
PICU
MacPeds Survival Guide
22
Cupido, C
2327
x76610
PICU
Dent, P
3720
x75382
Rheumatology
Dillenburg, R
2784
x75242
Cardiology
Findlay, S
972-1091
x75658 or
x73289
Adolescent/Eating
Disorder Unit
Gilleland, J
2065
x75823
PICU
Goldfarb, D
7158
x76947
Infectious Dis.
Gorter, J.W
2531
X26852
Development
Grant, C
2036
x75658 or
x73289
Adolescent/Eating
Disorder Unit
Harman, K
2887
x77212
Development
Hernandez, A
2645
x75607
ER
Huang, L
2026
x73141 or
x76610
PICU
Issenman, R
2768
x75637
GI
Johnson, N
2995
x75658 or
x73289
Adolescent/Eating
Disorder Unit
Kam, A
76443 - paging
x75621
ER
Kozenko, M
2106
X76890
Genetics
Kraus de
Camargo, O
76443 - paging
x74275
Development
Li, C
2729
x76819
Genetics
Lloyd, R
2684
x76610
PICU
MacPeds Survival Guide
23
Mahoney, B
2713
X 77605
Development
McAssey, K
75702
x 75702
Endocrinology
Meaney, B
317-2807
x75686
Neurology
Mesterman, R
2029
x74509 or
x74275
Neurology
Mondal, T
2039
x75259
Cardiology
Morrison, K
76443 - paging
x75702
Endocrinology
Niec, A
2637
x73687
Psych, CAAP
Nowaczyk, M
7207
X73042
Genetics
Parker, M
2073
x76651
PICU
Pernica, J
2092
x76947
Infectious Dis.
Portwine, C
2119
x73464
Hem-Onc
Predescu, D
76443 - paging
x75264
Cardiology
Ramachanran
Nair, R
2360
x75613
Neurology
Ratcliffe, E
2059
x73455
GI
Ronen, G
2212
x74509
Neurology
Rosenbaum, P
2742
x26852
Development
Rosenbloom, E
76443 - paging
x76038
ER
Samaan, C
76443 - paging
x73716
Endocrinology
Scheinemann, K
2077
x73428
Hem-Onc
Somani, A
2417
x 75823
PICU
MacPeds Survival Guide
24
Sulowski, C
76443 - paging
x75607
ER
Tarnopolsky, M
2888
x75226
Neuromuscular
Timmons, B
N/A
x 77615
Exercise
VanderMeulen, J
2017
x73716
Endocrinology
Waserman, S
2358
x76374
Allergy/Immun
Wyatt, E
N/A
x75607
ER
MacPeds Survival Guide
25
ST. JOSEPH’S HOSPITAL PEDIATRICS
Hospital Contact Numbers
Auto attendant
(905) 522-1155
Switchboard
(905) 522-4941
Labour and Delivery
33251, 34157
NICU
36050
3 OBS (Well Babies Nursery)
33314
Paging
33311
Dr Sandi Seigel
36039
Deputy Chief St Joes Clinical
[email protected]
Dr. Bojana Babic
36039
Education Rep CTU
[email protected]
Rosie Evered
36039
Program Secretary
[email protected]
Paging (33311) and Pagers:
•
•
•
•
•
•
All paging done via switchboard attendant at extension 33311
Resident on-call usually carries pager # 412
Clerk on-call usually carries pager # 410
Page staff pediatrician on-call through paging (33311)
McMaster assigns most pagers, check with program area
If pager needed, sign out daily pagers at Switchboard
Library Services:
• 2nd Floor of Juravinski Tower
• Hours: MON, WED, FRI
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM
TUES, THURS
8:00 AM – 8:00 PM
•
X33440
or [email protected]
MacPeds Survival
Guide
26
Division of General Pediatrics CTU 4 Expectations Handover: Handover is to take place at 8:00 hrs together with staff/NP and residents. On the mornings when there are rounds (Monday and Thursday) handover should start at 7:45. Weekend handover is at 8:30 hrs. Discharge Rounds: Discharge planning should always be occurring and the team should discuss patients that could potentially go home the night before. Discharges for these patients should occur promptly after the handover if patients are ready. This is particularly important for the well babies on 3Obs and any anticipated discharges from the nursery. See Patients: During this time the team will see their assigned patients. The chart and nursing notes should be reviewed to identify any issues that have arisen over night. The patient should be seen and examined. All lab work and radiological procedures that are pending should be reviewed. The house staff should then come up with a plan for the day and be ready to present that patient during ward rounds. It is not necessary that full notes be written at this time, as there will be time allotted for that later in the day. Ward Rounds: During ward rounds the team will round on patients. These are work rounds. Some spontaneous teaching during rounds and at the bedside can occur during this time, however there is allotted time for that later in the day. Patient Care: During this time residents will follow through with decisions made during ward rounds. They will finish charting on patients. This is also the time for them to get dictations done and to complete face sheets. Teaching Sessions: There are various teaching sessions throughout most days on the CTU. Please refer to the CTU teaching schedule for locations – this will be posted online. Evaluations: MacPeds Survival Guide
27
Time is left in the schedule for evaluations. This would be the time to give residents mid-­‐way evaluations, as well as end of rotation evaluations. Handover 1700 hrs: Handover will occur to the on-­‐call team with residents, NP and staff together. Orientation: At the beginning of each month the attending should meet with their team members to review the objectives, expectation and schedule of the rotation. The senior resident may have valuable input during this time. MacPeds Survival Guide
28
Division of General Pediatrics CTU 4 Weekly Schedule St. Joseph’s Healthcare Handover at 8 am: combined staff, NP and resident/fellow: occurs at 7:45 am on rounds days 8-­‐9 am 9-­‐10 am Monday DGP rounds Tuesday See pts/discharges Staff touches base with BANA/3OBS/L&D re consults NP/SPR to meet at 9 to divide up supervisory responsibility See pts/discharges Staff touches base with BANA/3OBS /L&D re consults NP/SPR to meet after handover to divide up supervisory responsibility Wednesday Thursday Mcmaster Peds grand rounds See See pts/discharges pts/discharges Staff touches base Staff touches with base with BANA/3OBS/L&D BANA/3OBS re consults /L&D re consults NP/SPR to meet after handover to NP/SPR to divide up meet at 9 to supervisory divide up responsibility supervisory responsibility 10-­‐12 NICU rounds No non-­‐urgent interruptions NICU rounds No non-­‐urgent interruptions 12-­‐1 pm lunch lunch 1-­‐2 pm finish notes/see consults finish notes/see consults 2-­‐ 4 pm Teaching Clinic: 1 learner (CBL/journal attends with staff articles)/ quality assurance/ family Meetings) Academic ½ day; may have family meetings 4-­‐5 pm Finish work, update list Academic ½ day •
•
•
Finish work, update list NICU rounds No non-­‐urgent interruptions MDR rounds Lunch Academic ½ day Friday ?Mcmaster NICU rounds See pts/ discharges Staff touches base with BANA/3OBS /L&D re consults NP/SPR to meet after handover to divide up supervisory responsibility NICU rounds NICU rounds No non-­‐urgent No non-­‐
interruptions urgent interruptions lunch Lunch finish notes/see consults Clinic: 1 learner attends with staff Finish work, update list finish notes/see consults Teaching (CBL/journal articles)/ quality assurance family meetings Finish work, update list DGP rounds – Division of General Pediatrics’ Rounds – Videoconferenced LIVE to SJH Rm T2308 (library) except 1st Monday Grand rounds – Department of Pediatrics Grand Rounds – Videoconferenced LIVE to SJH Rm T2308 (library) MDR – Multidisciplinary Rounds MacPeds Survival Guide
29
Accommodation Services
On-Call Rooms:
• Key: sign out from Front Desk/ Switchboard, must be returned by 11:00
AM the next day
• Location: 2nd floor Martha Wing, Resident call room # 213
à follow Gold Signs to Father O'Sullivan Research Centre
• Additional Key: unlock Washrooms + Showers or Code 2 4 3
• Residents’ Lounge (Microwave & TV): Code 2 4 3
nd
à across from vending machines on 2 floor before call rooms
• Problems: communicate to Switchboard or Mike Heenan x32218
Cafeteria Hours:
Charlton Cafeteria
2nd Floor, Mary Grace Wing
Garden Café @ CMHS
MON – FRI:
SAT – SUN:
MON – FRI:
Tim Horton
Daily:
7:30 AM – 6:30 PM
Closed
9:30 AM – 10:30 PM
& 11:30 AM – 1:30 PM
7:00 AM – 11:30 PM
Information Services
Clinical Brower Passwords & Training:
•
Passwords obtained from: Computer Room
5th Floor of Mary Grace Wing G507
x32218 for Passwords
•
Must accept password and confidentiality agreements by signature
•
For additional information on Clinical Browser or training call:
Shauna Stricker x35286
PACS Passwords & Training:
•
PACS passwords same as Clinical Browser, except all UPPERCASE
•
You may change your password once you have logged on
•
PACS training is only offered at the Monthly Medical Learner Orientation
Sessions. For session dates and times contact:
Diane Larwood 34077
MacPeds Survival Guide
30
St Joes Dictation System
MacPeds Survival Guide
31
MacPeds Survival Guide
32
LISTENING TO DICTATED REPORTS AT
ST JOSEPH’S HEALTHCARE
• Use telephone to listen to Diagnostic Imaging Reports
that have been dictated but not yet transcribed
• Requires Check-In # of your Patient’s Exam. Found in
Check-In # field (usually beside Patient’s Name) on
any PACS Workstation
• If you are unable to find Check-In # field on the Workstation, then call
Diagnostic Imaging staff for assistance: x33606 or x36009
Instructions
1. DIAL 32078 to access the central dictation system.
2. PRESS the # sign.
It is Important that you PRESS THE # SIGN to LISTEN, because 32078
is also used to DICTATE reports.
3. PRESS 1. Enter Physician Author Dictation ID Number (0995)
4. PRESS 1.
5. Enter Patient’s 7-digit Check-In #
6. LISTEN to the report
• Press 5 to listen to a previous exam report on your patient, if the report
you are hearing is not the one you requested
• If you have entered the wrong check-in number or if would like to hear
another report, follow the verbal prompts, Press 1 then repeat Steps 5 &
6
MacPeds Survival Guide
33
PEDIATRIC HISTORY & PHYSICAL EXAMINATION
HISTORY
Identifying Data:
• Name, sex, age (years + months), race, who accompanies child,
significant PMHx
Chief Complaint: in patient’s or parent’s words
History of Presenting Illness (HPI):
• Open-ended question, and allow parents or child to express their
concerns
• Similar HPI details to an adult history
• Establish time line: “when was your child last well?”, “what happened
next?” etc
• Select key symptoms and expand:
• colour, character, quantity of vomit etc,
• OPQRST of pain, aggravating/relieving factors etc
• Always ask about recent exposures to ill contacts – family, school
Past Medical History (PMHx):
• Significant ongoing medical problems
• Prenatal history:
• Mother’s age, gravida, live births, abortions etc
• Planned vs unplanned pregnancy, onset of prenatal care
• Complications, smoking, drinking, meds, drug use in pregnancy
• Gestational age at birth
• Birth history:
• Spontaneous vs induced labour, duration, complications
• Presentation: breech, vertex, transverse
• Interventions required: forceps, vacuum, c-section
• Resuscitation required, Apgars, birth weight (conversion chart)
• NICU, Level 2 nursery admission, duration
• Newborn history:
• Common problems: jaundice, poor feeding, difficulty breathing
• Hospitalizations and significant accidents
• Surgical history
MacPeds Survival Guide
34
Medications – including dose changes, compliance
Allergies – list specific reaction
∗ Immunizations – ask specifically about Prevnar, Menjugate, Varivax,
Synagis (if neonate).
PEDIATRIC HISTORY AND PHYSICAL EXAMINATION (Continued)
Feeding History (if relevant):
• Breast feeding: exclusively?, duration, frequency
• Formula: brand, how is it prepared/diluted, # of feedings/day, quantity
• Solids: when started, tolerated, any reactions
• Vitamins (especially iron and Vit D): which ones, how often, dose
• Present diet: cereals, fruit, vegs, eggs, meat, amt of cow’s milk
• Any difficulties with feeding? Any concerns from primary physician
about poor weight gain?
Developmental Milestones (if relevant):
• Have you ever had any concerns about your child’s development?
• How does child compare with siblings?
• Ask about current milestones in each category as appropriate for their
age:
• Gross motor
• Fine motor, vision
• Speech, hearing
• Social skills
• Use major milestones (walking, first word, toilet training, etc) to
assess previous development (Reference on page 38)
• Use Denver II charts etc to assess current stage of development
Social History
• Who lives at home? Who are primary caregivers? Parents work
outside the home?
• Does the child attend daycare? How many other children? In a
home vs. institution?
• Stability of support network: relationship stability, frequent moves,
major events (death in family etc), financial problems, substance
abuse in the home
• Has CAS ever been involved?
MacPeds Survival Guide
35
• School adjustment, behaviour problems, habits (nail-biting,
thumbsucking etc), sleep changes
• How has this disease affected your child/ your family?
• What does your family do for fun? What does your child do for fun?
• For an asthma history: smoke, pets, carpets, allergens in the home,
family history of asthma / atopy.
PEDIATRIC HISTORY AND PHYSICAL EXAMINATION (Continued)
Family History:
• Are parents both alive and well? How many siblings? Are they
healthy?
• Are there any childhood diseases in the family?
• Consanguinity – are mother and father related in any way?
• Relevant family history (3 generations) – autoimmune hx in Type I
DM, atopic hx in asthma etc
• Draw pedigree if possible for genetic assessment
Review of Systems:
General: feeding, sleeping, growing, energy level
Signs of illness in kids: activity, appetite, attitude (3 A’s)
HEENT: infections (how often, fever, duration): otitis, nasal discharge,
colds, sore throats, coughs, nosebleeds, swollen glands, coughing or
choking with feeding
Cardio:
Infants: fatigue/sweating during feedings, cyanosis, apneas/bradycardic
episodes
Older kids: syncope, murmurs, palpitations, exercise intolerance
Resp: cough, wheezing, croup, snoring, respiratory infections
GI: appetite, weight gain (growth chart), nausea/vomiting, bowel habits,
abdominal pains
GU: urinary: pain/frequency/urgency, sexually active, menarche/menses,
discharge/pruritis/STDs
MacPeds Survival Guide
36
MSK: weakness, sensory changes, myalgias, arthralgias, ‘growing pains’
Neuro: headaches, seizures (febrile vs afebrile, onset, frequency, type),
tics, staring spells, head trauma
Skin: rashes, petechiae, jaundice, infection, birthmarks
PHYSICAL EXAMINATION
General Inspection
- Sick vs not sick?
- Toxic appearance? listlessness, agitation, failure to recognize
parents, inadequate circulation (cool extremities; weak, rapid pulse;
poor capillary refill; cyanotic, gray, or mottled colour), respiratory
distress, purpura
- Level of consciousness
- Nutritional status – well nourished?
- Developmental status (“pulling up to stand in crib”, “running around
room”)
- Dysmorphic features – look specifically at face, ears, hands, feet,
genetalia
Vital Signs:
- Include Temperature, Heart Rate, Respiratory Rate, Blood Pressure
and O2 saturation
NORMAL PEDIATRIC VITAL SIGNS
Age
HR
SBP
Newborn (<1 wk)
120-160
60-70
Neonate (<1 mos)
120-160
75-90
Infant (<1 year)
110-140
75-120
Preschool (3-5yrs)
90-120
75-125
Child (6-12 yrs)
80-110
83-120
Adolescent (>12 y)
70-100
90-130
Adult (>18 yrs)
60-100
90-130
MacPeds Survival Guide
RR
30-60
30-60
20-40
20-25
16-24
12-18
12-18
37
Anthropometrics (plot on growth curves at every visit!):
- Height (supine length to 2 years, then standing height)
- Weight
- Head circumference (generally birth to 2 years, >2 yrs if specific
concerns)
- Plot BMI (kg/m2) on updated CDC growth curves for appropriate BMI
for age
- CDC Growth Curves available at:
http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/about/major/nhanes/growthcharts/clinical_ch
arts.htm
Hydration Status
- Comment on mucous membranes, tears, skin turgor, sunken eyes, in
addition to appropriateness of vital signs, etc.
- For classification of mild, moderate, severe dehydration – see “Fluids
& Electrolytes”
HEENT:
- Head: dysmorphic features, shape of skull, head circumference,
fontanels in infants
- Eyes: strabismus, pupillary response, fundoscopy, red reflex in
infants, conjunctivitis
- Ears & pharynx exam in any child with a fever!
- Nose: turbinates, deviation of septum, presence of polyps?
- Mouth: lips (lesions, colour), mucous membranes including gingiva,
tongue, hard/soft palate,
- Dentition: presence of teeth, tooth decay
- Neck: lymphadenopathy, palpation of thyroid, webbing (Noonan,
Turner syndrome), torticollis
MacPeds Survival Guide
38
Cardiovascular:
- HR, BP, apical beat, heaves/thrills
- Perfusion:
o Pulses – strength/quality, femoral pulses in all infants
o Capillary refill time
o Skin colour: pink, central/peripheral cyanosis, mottling, pallor
- S1/S2, extra heart sounds (S3, S4)
- Murmurs:
o Timing (systole, diastole, continuous)
o Location of maximal intensity, radiation
o Pitch and quality (machinery, vibratory, etc),
o Loudness (I – VI / VI)
Respiratory:
- Audible stridor, sturtor, wheeze, snoring
- Position of child, ability to handle secretions
- Signs of distress: nasal flaring, tracheal tug, indrawing
- RR, O2 saturation (current FiO2), level of distress
- Able to speak in full sentences (if age appropriate)
- Depth and rhythm of respiration
- Chest wall deformities: kyphosis, scoliosis, pectus
excavatum/carinatum
- Finger clubbing
Abdomen:
- For peritoneal signs: ask child to jump up and down or wiggle hips, to
distend and retract abdomen “blow up your belly and then suck it in”
- Inspection: scaphoid/distended, umbilical hernias, diastasis recti
- Auscultation: presence of bowel sounds
- Percussion: ascites, liver span, Traube’s space for splenomegaly
- Palpation: hepatosplenomegaly?, tenderness, guarding (voluntary,
involuntary), masses (particularly stool presence in LLQ)
- Stigmata of liver disease: jaundice, pruritis, bruising/bleeding, palmar
erythema, caput medusa, telangiectasia, ascites,
hepatosplenomegaly
MacPeds Survival Guide
39
Genito-urinary:
- Anal position, external inspection (digital rectal examination in kids
ONLY with clinical indication), Tanner staging
- Male infants: both testes descended, hypospadias, inguinal hernias
- Females: labia majora/minora, vaginial discharge,
erythema/excoriation of vulvo-vaginitis (NO speculum exam if prepubertal)
MSK:
- Gait assessment, flat feet vs toe walking vs normal foot arches
- Standing: genu valgum “knock knee” vs genu varum “bow legged”
- Joints: erythema, swelling, position, active/passive range of motion,
strength, muscle symmetry
- Back: kyphosis, scoliosis
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQQBG9rlZp4
Neurological:
- Overall developmental assessment
o Try playing ball with younger children, or even peek-a-boo!
- Level of consciousness (Glasgow Coma Scale if appropriate)
- Newborns: primitive reflexes, moving all limbs, presence of fisting?
- Cranial nerves: by observation in infants, formal testing in older
children
- Motor: strength, tone, deep tendon reflexes, coordination
- Sensory: touch, temperature, position/vibration sense
- Cerebellar: gait (heel to toe, on heels, on toes, finger-to-nose, rapid
alternating movements in older children, Romberg (eyes open then
closed)
Derm:
- Jaundice, pallor, mottling, petechiae/purpura
- Rashes, birthmarks, hemangiomas, stigmata of neurocutaneous
disorders
MacPeds Survival Guide
40
REPORTS
ON
THE
RHEUMATIC
DISEASES
SERIES
5
Hands On
Practical advice on management of rheumatic disease
pGALS – A SCREENING EXAMINATION OF THE MUSCULO-
SKELETAL SYSTEM IN SCHOOL-AGED CHILDREN
Helen E Foster, MD, MBBS(Hons), FRCP, FRCPCH, CertMedEd, Professor in Paediatric Rheumatology
Sharmila Jandial, MBChB, MRCPCH, CertMedEd, arc Educational Research Fellow
Musculoskeletal Research Group, Newcastle University, Newcastle upon Tyne
Why do primary care doctors need
to know about musculoskeletal
assessment in children?
Children with musculoskeletal (MSK) problems are common
and often present initially to primary care where GPs
have an important role as ‘gatekeepers’ to secondary care
and specialist services. The majority of causes of MSK
presentations in childhood are benign, self-limiting and
often trauma-related; referral is not always necessary, and
in many instances reassurance alone may suffice. However,
MSK symptoms can be presenting features of potentially lifethreatening conditions such as malignancy, sepsis, vasculitis
and non-accidental injury, and furthermore are commonly
associated features of many chronic paediatric conditions
such as inflammatory bowel disease, cystic fibrosis, arthritis
and psoriasis. Clinical assessment skills (history-taking and
physical examination), knowledge of normal development,
and clinical presentations at different ages, along with
knowledge of indicators to warrant referral, are important
and facilitate appropriate decision-making in the primary
care setting. This article focuses on pGALS (paediatric Gait,
Arms, Legs, Spine), which is a simple screening approach
to MSK examination in school-aged children and may be
successfully performed in younger ambulant children –
the approach to the examination of the toddler and baby
requires a different approach and is not described here.
How is musculoskeletal assessment
of children different to that of
adults?
It is stating the obvious that children are ‘not small adults’
in many ways, and here we focus on MSK history-taking
MacPeds Survival Guide
June 2008 No 15
and physical examination. The history is often given by
the parent or carer, may be based on observations and
interpretation of events made by others (such as teachers),
and may be rather vague with non-specific complaints such
as ‘My child is limping’ or ‘My child is not walking quite
right’. Young children may have difficulty in localising or
describing pain in terms that adults may understand. It is not
unusual for young children to deny having pain when asked
directly, and instead present with changes in behaviour (e.g.
irritability or poor sleeping), decreasing ability or interest in
activities and hand skills (e.g. handwriting), or regression of
motor milestones. Some children are shy or frightened and
reluctant to engage in the consultation.
Practical Tip – when inflammatory joint disease is
suspected
• The lack of reported pain does not exclude arthritis
• There is a need to probe for symptoms such as
– gelling (e.g. stiffness after long car rides)
– altered function (e.g. play, handwriting skills, regression of motor milestones)
– deterioration in behaviour (irritability, poor sleeping)
• There is a need to examine all joints as joint involvement
is often ‘asymptomatic’
It is important to probe in the history when there are
indicators of potential inflammatory MSK disease. A delay
in major motor milestones warrants MSK assessment as well
as a global neuro-developmental approach. However, in acquired MSK disease such as juvenile idiopathic arthritis (JIA)
a history of regression of achieved milestones is often more
significant – e.g. the child who was happy to walk unaided
but has recently been reluctant to walk or is now unable to
dress himself without help. In adults the cardinal features
of inflammatory arthritis are pain, stiffness, swelling and
reduced function. However, in children these features may
Medical Editor: Louise Warburton, GP. Production Editor: Frances Mawer (arc). ISSN 1741-833X.
Published 3 times a year by the Arthritis Research Campaign, Copeman House, St Mary’s Court, St41
Mary’s Gate
Chesterfield S41 7TD. Registered Charity No. 207711.
be difficult to elucidate. Joint swelling, limping and reduced
mobility, rather than pain, are the most common presenting
features of JIA.1 The lack of reported pain does not exclude
arthritis – the child is undoubtedly in discomfort but, for the
reasons described, may not verbalise this as pain. Swelling is
always significant but can be subtle and easily overlooked,
especially if the changes are symmetrical, and relies on
the examiner being confident in their MSK examination
skills and having an appreciation of what is ‘normal’ and
‘abnormal’ (see below). Rather than describing stiffness, the
parents may notice the child is reluctant to weight-bear or
limps in the mornings or ‘gels’ after periods of immobility
(e.g. after long car rides or sitting in a classroom). Systemic
upset and the presence of bone rather than joint pain may
be features of MSK disease and are ‘red flags’ that warrant
urgent referral. More indolent presentations of MSK disease
can also impact on growth (either localised or generalised)
and it is important to assess height and weight and review
growth charts as necessary.
lar, respiratory, gastrointestinal, neurological, skin and eyes,
and, given the broad spectrum of MSK presentations in children, a low threshold for performing pGALS is suggested and
of particular importance in certain clinical scenarios.
Practical Tip – when to perform pGALS in the
assessment
•
•
•
•
•
•
How does pGALS differ from adult
GALS?
The sequence of pGALS is essentially the same as adult GALS
with additional manoeuvres to screen the foot and ankle
(walk on heels and then on tiptoes), wrists (palms together
and then hands back to back) and temporomandibular joints
(open mouth and insert three of the child’s own fingers),
and with amendments at screening the elbow (reach up
and touch the sky) and neck (look at the ceiling). These additional manoeuvres were included because when adult
GALS was originally tested in school-aged children4 it missed
significant abnormalities at these sites.
RED FLAGS
(Raise concern about infection, malignancy or nonaccidental injury)
•
•
•
•
Child with muscle, joint or bone pain
Unwell child with pyrexia
Child with limp
Delay or regression of motor milestones
The ‘clumsy’ child in the absence of neurological
disease
Child with chronic disease and known association with
MSK presentations
Fever, malaise, systemic upset (reduced appetite,
weight loss, sweats)
Bone or joint pain with fever
Refractory or unremitting pain, persistent night-waking
Incongruence between history and presentation (such
as the pattern of the physical findings and a previous history of neglect)
How to distinguish normal from
abnormal in the musculoskeletal
examination
What is pGALS?
Paediatric GALS (pGALS) is a simple evidence-based approach to an MSK screening assessment in school-aged children, and is based on the adult GALS (Gait, Arms, Legs,
Spine) screen.2 The adult GALS screen is commonly taught
to medical students, and emerging evidence shows an
improvement in doctors’ confidence and performance
in adult MSK assessment. Educational resources to
support learning of GALS are available.3 pGALS is the only
paediatric MSK screening examination to be validated, and
was originally tested in school-aged children. pGALS has
been demonstrated to have excellent sensitivity to detect
abnormality (i.e. with few false negatives), incorporates
simple manoeuvres often used in clinical practice, and is
quick to do, taking an average of 2 minutes to perform.4
Furthermore, when performed by medical students and
general practitioners pGALS has been shown to have high
sensitivity and is easy to do, with excellent acceptability by
children and their parents (papers in preparation). Younger
children can often perform the screening manoeuvres quite
easily, although validation of pGALS in the pre-school age
group has yet to be demonstrated.
Key to distinguishing normal from abnormal are knowledge
of ranges of movement, looking for asymmetry and
careful examination for subtle changes. In addition, it is
important that GPs are aware of normal variants in gait,
leg alignment and normal motor milestones (Tables 1,2) as
these are a common cause of parental concern, especially
in the pre-school child, and often anxieties can be allayed
with explanation and reassurance. There is considerable
variation in the way normal gait patterns develop; these
may be familial (e.g. ‘bottom-shufflers’ often walk later) and
subject to racial variation (e.g. African black children tend to
walk sooner and Asian children later than average).
Joint abnormalities can be subtle or difficult to appreciate
in the young (such as ‘chubby’ ankles, fingers, wrists and
knees). Looking for asymmetrical changes is helpful
although it can be falsely reassuring in the presence of
symmetrical joint involvement. Muscle wasting, such as
of the quadriceps or calf muscles, indicates chronicity of
joint disease and should alert the examiner to knee or
ankle involvement respectively. Swelling of the ankle is
often best judged from behind the child. Ranges of joint
movement should be symmetrical and an appreciation of
the ‘normal’ range of movement in childhood can be gained
with increased clinical experience. Hypermobility may be
generalised or limited to peripheral joints such as hands
When should pGALS be performed?
MSK presentations are a common feature of many chronic
diseases of childhood and not just arthritis. An MSK examination is one of the ‘core’ systems along with cardiovascuMacPeds Survival Guide
42
2
and feet, and, generally speaking, younger female children
and those of non-Caucasian origin are more flexible. Benign
hypermobility is suggested by symmetrical hyperextension
at the fingers, elbows and knees and by flat pronated feet,
with normal arches on tiptoe.5
TABLE 1. Normal variants in gait patterns and leg
alignment.
Toewalking
Habitual toe-walking is common in
young children up to 3 years
In-toeing
Can be due to:
• persistent femoral anteversion
(characterised by child walking with
patellae and feet pointing inwards;
common between ages 3–8 years)
• internal tibial torsion (characterised
by child walking with patellae facing
forward and toes pointing inwards;
common from onset of walking to
3 years)
• metatarsus adductus (characterised
by a flexible ‘C-shaped’ lateral border
of the foot; most resolve by 6 years
Bow legs
(genu
varus)
Common from birth to the early toddler,
often with out-toeing (maximal at approx.
1 year); most resolve by 18 months
Knock
knees
(genu
valgus)
Common and often associated with
in-toeing (maximal at approx. 4 years);
most resolve by 7 years
Flat feet
Most children have flexible flat feet with
normal arches on tiptoeing; most resolve
by 6 years
Crooked
toes
Most resolve with weight-bearing
(assuming shoes and socks fit
comfortably)
Practical Tip – normal variants: indications for referral
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Children with hypermobility may present with mechanical
aches and pains after activity or as ‘clumsy’ children, prone
to falls. It is important to consider ‘non-benign’ causes of
hypermobility such as Marfan’s syndrome (which may be
suggested by tall habitus with long thin fingers, and higharched palate), and Ehlers–Danlos syndrome (which may
be suggested by easy bruising and skin elasticity, with poor
healing after minor trauma). Non-benign hypermobility is
genetically acquired and probing into the family history may
be revealing (e.g. cardiac deaths in Marfan’s syndrome).
The absence of normal arches on tiptoe suggests a nonmobile flat foot and warrants investigation (e.g. to exclude
tarsal coalition) and high fixed arches and persistent toewalking may suggest neurological disease. Conversely,
lack of joint mobility, especially if asymmetrical, is always
significant. Increased symmetrical calf muscle bulk associates with types of muscular dystrophy, and proximal myopathies may be suggested by delayed milestones such as
walking (later than 18 months) or inability to jump (in the
school-aged child).
TABLE 2. Normal major motor milestones.
Sit without support
6–8 months
Creep on hands and knees
9–11 months
Cruise when holding on to
furniture and standing upright,
or bottom shuffle
11–12 months
Walk independently
12–14 months
Climb up stairs on hands and
knees
approx. 15 months
Run stiffly
approx. 16 months
Walk down steps (non-reciprocal)
20–24 months
Walk up steps, alternate feet
3 years
Hop on one foot, broad jump
4 years
Skip with alternate feet
5 years
Balance on one foot 20 seconds
6–7 years
Persistent changes (beyond the expected age ranges)
Progressive or asymmetrical changes
Short stature or dysmorphic features
Painful changes with functional limitation
Regression or delayed motor milestones
Abnormal joint examination elsewhere
Suggestion of neurological disease or developmental
delay
What to do if the pGALS screen is
abnormal
pGALS has been shown to have high sensitivity to detect
significant abnormalities. Following the screening examination, the observer is directed to a more detailed examination of the relevant area, based on the ‘look, feel, move’
principle as in the adult Regional Examination of the
Musculoskeletal System (called REMS).3 To date a validated
regional MSK examination for children does not exist, but
an evidence- and consensus-based approach to a children’s
regional examination (to be called pREMS) is currently being
developed by our research team; this project is funded by
arc and further educational resources are to follow.
The components of the pGALS musculoskeletal screen
The pGALS screen6 (see pp 4–6) includes three questions
relating to pain and function. However, a negative response
to these three questions in the context of a potential MSK
problem does not exclude significant MSK disease, and
MacPeds Survival Guide
43
3
The pGALS musculoskeletal screen
Screening questions
• Do you (or does your child) have any pain or stiffness in your (their) joints, muscles or back?
• Do you (or does your child) have any difficulty getting yourself (him/herself) dressed without any help?
• Do you (or does your child) have any problem going up and down stairs?
FIGURE
SCREENING MANOEUVRES
WHAT IS BEING ASSESSED?
(Note the manoeuvres in bold are
additional to those in adult GALS2)
Observe the child standing
(from front, back and sides)
• Posture and habitus
• Skin rashes – e.g. psoriasis
• Deformity – e.g. leg length
inequality, leg alignment
(valgus, varus at the knee
or ankle), scoliosis, joint
swelling, muscle wasting,
flat feet
Observe the child walking
and
‘Walk on your heels’ and
‘Walk on your tiptoes’
• Ankles, subtalar, midtarsal
and small joints of feet
and toes
• Foot posture (note if
presence of normal
longitudinal arches of feet
when on tiptoes)
‘Hold your hands out
straight in front of you’
• Forward flexion of
shoulders
• Elbow extension
• Wrist extension
• Extension of small joints
of fingers
‘Turn your hands over and
make a fist’
• Wrist supination
• Elbow supination
• Flexion of small joints of
fingers
‘Pinch your index finger and
thumb together’
• Manual dexterity
• Coordination of small
joints of index finger and
thumb and functional
key grip
(continued)
MacPeds Survival Guide
44
4
FIGURE
SCREENING MANOEUVRES
WHAT IS BEING ASSESSED?
‘Touch the tips of your
fingers’
• Manual dexterity
• Coordination of small
joints of fingers and
thumbs
Squeeze the metacarpophalangeal joints for
tenderness
• Metacarpophalangeal
joints
‘Put your hands together
palm to palm’ and
‘Put your hands together
back to back’
• Extension of small joints
of fingers
• Wrist extension
• Elbow flexion
‘Reach up, “touch the sky”’
and
‘Look at the ceiling’
•
•
•
•
‘Put your hands behind your
neck’
• Shoulder abduction
• External rotation of
shoulders
• Elbow flexion
Elbow extension
Wrist extension
Shoulder abduction
Neck extension
(continued)
MacPeds Survival Guide
45
5
FIGURE
SCREENING MANOEUVRES
WHAT IS BEING ASSESSED?
‘Try and touch your shoulder
with your ear’
• Cervical spine lateral
flexion
‘Open wide and put three
(child’s own) fingers in your
mouth’
• Temporomandibular joints
(and check for deviation of
jaw movement)
Feel for effusion at the
knee (patella tap, or crossfluctuation)
• Knee effusion (small
effusion may be missed
by patella tap alone)
Active movement of knees
(flexion and extension) and
feel for crepitus
• Knee flexion
• Knee extension
Passive movement of hip
(knee flexed to 90º, and
internal rotation of hip)
• Hip flexion and internal
rotation
‘Bend forwards and touch
your toes?’
• Forward flexion of
thoraco-lumbar spine (and
check for scoliosis)
MacPeds Survival Guide
46
6
Documentation of the pGALS screen
Documentation of the pGALS screening assessment is important and a simple pro forma is proposed with
the following example – a child with a swollen left knee with limited flexion of the knee and antalgic gait.
pGALS screening questions
Any pain?
Left knee
Problems with dressing?
No difficulty
Problems with walking?
Some difficulty on walking
Appearance
Gait
Movement
7
Arms
3
3
Legs
7
7
Spine
3
3
Summary
therefore at a minimum pGALS should be performed. In
children, it is not uncommon to find joint involvement
that has not been mentioned as part of the presenting
complaint; it is therefore essential to perform all parts of
the pGALS screen and check for verbal and non-verbal clues
of joint discomfort (such as facial expression, withdrawal of
limb, or refusal to be examined further).
The pGALS examination is a simple MSK screen that should
be performed as part of systems assessment of children.
Improved performance of MSK clinical skills and knowledge
of normal variants in childhood, common MSK conditions
and their mode of presentation, along with knowledge
of red flags to warrant concern, will facilitate diagnosis,
management and appropriate referral.
Observation with the child standing should be done from the
front, behind the child and from the side. Scoliosis may be
suggested by unequal shoulder height or asymmetrical skin
creases on the trunk, and may be more obvious on forward
flexion. From the front and back, leg alignment problems
such as valgus and varus deformities at the knee can be
observed; leg-length inequality may be more obvious from
the side and suggested by a flexed posture at the knee, and,
if found, then careful observation of the spine is important
to exclude a secondary scoliosis. For specific manoeuvres,
the child can copy the various screening manoeuvres as
they are performed by the examiner. Children often find
this fun and this can help with establishing rapport. It is
important to keep observing closely as children may only
cooperate briefly! The examination of the upper limbs and
neck is optimal with the child sitting on an examination
couch or on a parent’s knee, facing the examiner. The child
should then lie supine to allow the legs to be examined and
then stand again for spine assessment.
Further information and reading
A full demonstration of the pGALS screen is available from the Arthritis
Research Campaign (arc) as a free resource as a DVD and soon will
be available as a web-based resource: www.arc.org.uk/arthinfo/
emedia.asp. A video-clip of the screening manoeuvres can also be
accessed via the web version of this report: www.arc.org.uk/arthinfo/
medpubs/6535/6535.asp.
Jandial S, Foster HE. Examination of the musculoskeletal system in children: a simple approach. Paediatr Child Health 2008;18(2):47-55.
Szer I, Kimura Y, Malleson P, Southwood T (ed). Arthritis in adolescents
and children (juvenile idiopathic arthritis). Oxford University Press;
2006.
References
1. McGhee JL, Burks FN, Sheckels JL, Jarvis JN. Identifying children with
chronic arthritis based on chief complaints: absence of predictive
value for musculoskeletal pain as an indicator of rheumatic disease
in children. Pediatrics 2002;110(2 Pt 1):354-9.
Practical Tip – while performing the pGALS screening
examination
2. Doherty M, Dacre J, Dieppe P, Snaith M. The ‘GALS’ locomotor
screen. Ann Rheum Dis 1992;51(10):1165-9.
•
•
•
•
•
3. Clinical assessment of the musculoskeletal system: a handbook
for medical students (includes DVD ‘Regional examination of the
musculoskeletal system for students’). Arthritis Research Campaign;
2005. www.arc.org.uk/arthinfo/medpubs/6321/6321.asp.
Get the child to copy you doing the manoeuvres
Look for verbal and non-verbal clues of discomfort
(e.g. facial expression, withdrawal)
Do the full screen as the extent of joint involvement may
not be obvious from the history
Look for asymmetry (e.g. muscle bulk, joint swelling,
range of joint movement)
Consider clinical patterns (e.g. non-benign hypermobility
and Marfanoid habitus or skin elasticity) and association
of leg-length discrepancy and scoliosis)
4. Foster HE, Kay LJ, Friswell M, Coady D, Myers A. Musculoskeletal
screening examination (pGALS) for school-aged children based on
the adult GALS screen. Arthritis Rheum 2006;55(5):709-16.
5. Oliver J. Hypermobility. Reports on the Rheumatic Diseases (Series
5), Hands On 7. Arthritis Research Campaign; 2005 Oct.
6. pGALS – Paediatric Gait, Arms, Legs, Spine. DVD. Arthritis Research
Campaign; 2006. www.arc.org.uk/arthinfo/emedia.asp.
MacPeds Survival Guide
47
7
Birth to 36 months: Boys
Length-for-age and Weight-for-age percentiles
L
E
N
G
T
H
Birth
in cm
41
40
100
39
38
95
37
36
90
35
34
85
33
32
80
31
30
75
29
28
70
27
26
65
25
24
60
23
22
55
21
20
50
19
18
45
17
16
40
15
16
3
6
9
15
18
RECORD #
21
24
27
30
33
36
cm
AGE (MONTHS)
97
90
100
75
95
50
25
90
10
3
in
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
17
90
16
38
36
34
75
15
32
50
14
25
13
30
28
10
12
3
AGE (MONTHS)
7
12
15
Mother’s Stature
Father’s Stature
Date
Age
Birth
6
12
5
10
18
21
Weight
24
27
30
Gestational
Age:
Weeks
Length
Head Circ.
33
36
26
11
24
10
22
9
20
8
18
kg
16
lb
Comment
4
8
6
lb
3
2
kg
Birth
L
E
N
G
T
H
97
14
W
E
I
G
H
T
12
NAME
3
6
9
Published May 30, 2000 (modified 4/20/01).
SOURCE: Developed by the National Center for Health Statistics in collaboration with
the National
Center
for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (2000).
MacPeds
Survival
Guide
http://www.cdc.gov/growthcharts
48
W
E
I
G
H
T
Birth to 36 months: Girls
Length-for-age and Weight-for-age percentiles
L
E
N
G
T
H
Birth
in cm
41
40
100
39
38
95
37
36
90
35
34
85
33
32
80
31
30
75
29
28
70
27
26
65
25
24
60
23
22
55
21
20
50
19
18
45
17
16
40
15
16
3
6
9
15
18
RECORD #
21
24
27
30
33
36
cm
AGE (MONTHS)
97
90
100
75
95
50
25
90
10
in
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
97
17
90
16
75
15
38
36
34
32
14
50
13
25
12
10
3
AGE (MONTHS)
7
12
15
Mother’s Stature
Father’s Stature
Date
Age
Birth
6
12
5
10
18
21
Weight
24
27
30
Gestational
Age:
Weeks
Length
Head Circ.
33
36
30
28
26
11
24
10
22
9
20
8
18
kg
16
lb
Comment
4
8
6
lb
3
2
kg
Birth
L
E
N
G
T
H
3
14
W
E
I
G
H
T
12
NAME
3
6
9
Published May 30, 2000 (modified 4/20/01).
SOURCE: Developed by the National Center for Health Statistics in collaboration with
the National
Center
for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (2000).
MacPeds
Survival
Guide
http://www.cdc.gov/growthcharts
49
W
E
I
G
H
T
Birth to 36 months: Boys
Head circumference-for-age and
Weight-for-length percentiles
in
Birth
cm
3
6
9
12
NAME
RECORD #
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
cm
AGE (MONTHS)
52
97
90
50
50
20
H
E
A
D
C
I
R
C
U
M
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
19
18
36
52
20
75
25
48
10
3
46
50
48
19
46
18
44
44
17
17
42
16
42
40
22
15
21
38
20
14
36
19
97
34
18
90
13
12
17
75
32
50
30
25
10
3
16
15
14
13
12
W
E
I
G
H
T
24
22
20
18
16
14
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
lb
in
11
11
10
10
9
9
8
8
7
7
6
6
5
4
3
2
1
kg
cm 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62
in 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5
kg
LENGTH
64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98100
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
Date
Age
Weight
Published May 30, 2000 (modified 10/16/00).
SOURCE: Developed by the National Center for Health Statistics in collaboration with
the National
Center
for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (2000).
MacPeds
Survival
Guide
http://www.cdc.gov/growthcharts
Length
Head Circ.
H
E
A
D
C
I
R
C
U
M
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
lb
cm
in
Comment
50
W
E
I
G
H
T
Birth to 36 months: Girls
Head circumference-for-age and
Weight-for-length percentiles
in
Birth
cm
3
6
9
12
NAME
RECORD #
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
cm
AGE (MONTHS)
52
in
52
97
20
90
50
H
E
A
D
C
I
R
C
U
M
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
19
18
75
50
48
25
10
46
3
20
50
48
19
46
18
44
44
17
17
42
16
42
40
22
15
21
38
20
14
36
97
34
90
13
18
17
75
16
32
12
19
50
15
25
10
3
30
14
13
12
W
E
I
G
H
T
24
22
20
18
16
14
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
lb
11
11
10
10
9
9
8
8
7
7
6
6
5
4
3
2
1
kg
cm 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62
in 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5
kg
LENGTH
64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98100
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
Date
Age
Weight
Published May 30, 2000 (modified 10/16/00).
SOURCE: Developed by the National Center for Health Statistics in collaboration with
the National
Center
for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (2000).
MacPeds
Survival
Guide
http://www.cdc.gov/growthcharts
Length
Head Circ.
H
E
A
D
C
I
R
C
U
M
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
lb
cm
in
Comment
51
W
E
I
G
H
T
2 to 20 years: Boys
Stature-for-age and Weight-for-age percentiles
Mother’s Stature
Date
Father’s Stature
Age
Weight
Stature
BMI*
NAME
RECORD #
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
cm
AGE (YEARS)
97
190
90
185
75
50
25
180
175
170
10
in
62
S
T
A
T
U
R
E
60
58
56
54
52
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
cm
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
3
165
160
160
155
155
150
150
74
72
70
68
66
64
62
60
140
105 230
135
97
100 220
130
125
90
120
95 210
90 200
85
115
75
80
75
110
105
50
100
25
95
10
90
3
190
180
170
160
70
150 W
65 140 E
I
60 130 G
55 120
34
85
50 110
32
80
45 100
40 90
35
35
30
30
25
25
20
20
15
15
10
kg
10
kg
80
70
60
50
40
30
lb
S
T
A
T
U
R
E
145
30
W
E
I
G
H
T
in
76
AGE (YEARS)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
80
70
60
50
40
30
lb
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Published May 30, 2000 (modified 11/21/00).
SOURCE: Developed by the National Center for Health Statistics in collaboration with
the National
Center
for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (2000).
MacPeds
Survival
Guide
http://www.cdc.gov/growthcharts
52
H
T
2 to 20 years: Girls
Stature-for-age and Weight-for-age percentiles
Mother’s Stature
Date
Father’s Stature
Age
Weight
Stature
BMI*
NAME
RECORD #
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
cm
AGE (YEARS)
190
185
180
97
175
90
170
75
in
62
S
T
A
T
U
R
E
60
58
56
54
52
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
cm
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
50
165
160
25
160
155
10
155
150
3
150
50
40
30
lb
66
S
T
A
T
U
R
E
64
62
60
100 220
130
95 210
90 200
125
97
120
85
115
80
110
90
75
190
180
170
160
70
105
75
100
95
85
60
68
135
34
70
70
105 230
50
150 W
65 140 E
I
60 130 G
55 120
25
10
80
3
30
W
E
I
G
H
T
72
140
90
80
74
145
36
32
3
in
76
50 110
45 100
40 90
35
35
30
30
25
25
20
20
15
15
10
kg
10
kg
AGE (YEARS)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
80
70
60
50
40
30
lb
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Published May 30, 2000 (modified 11/21/00).
SOURCE: Developed by the National Center for Health Statistics in collaboration with
the National
Center
for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (2000).
MacPeds
Survival
Guide
http://www.cdc.gov/growthcharts
53
H
T
2 to 20 years: Boys
Body mass index-for-age percentiles
Date
Age
Weight
Stature
NAME
RECORD #
Comments
BMI*
BMI
35
34
33
32
97
31
30
95
29
28
BMI
90
27
27
85
26
26
25
25
75
24
24
23
23
50
22
22
21
21
25
20
20
10
19
19
3
18
18
17
17
16
16
15
15
14
14
13
13
12
12
kg/m
2
2
AGE (YEARS)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Published May 30, 2000 (modified 10/16/00).
SOURCE: Developed by the National Center for Health Statistics in collaboration with
the National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (2000).
http://www.cdc.gov/growthcharts
MacPeds Survival Guide
kg/m
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
54
2 to 20 years: Girls
Body mass index-for-age percentiles
Date
Age
Weight
Stature
NAME
RECORD #
Comments
BMI*
BMI
35
34
97
33
32
31
95
30
29
BMI
28
90
27
27
26
26
85
25
25
24
24
75
23
23
22
22
50
21
21
20
20
25
19
19
10
18
18
3
17
17
16
16
15
15
14
14
13
13
12
12
kg/m
2
2
AGE (YEARS)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Published May 30, 2000 (modified 10/16/00).
SOURCE: Developed by the National Center for Health Statistics in collaboration with
the National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (2000).
http://www.cdc.gov/growthcharts
MacPeds Survival Guide
kg/m
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
55
NAME
Weight-for-stature percentiles: Boys
Date
Age
Weight
RECORD #
Comments
Stature
kg
34
33
lb
76
72
32
31
68
30
29
28
97
95
lb
56
52
kg
27
26
26
25
23
48
24
75
23
22
50
20
60
56
52
48
21
25
20
10
19
40
85
22
21
44
25
90
24
64
44
19
3
40
18
18
17
17
16
16
15
15
14
14
13
13
12
12
11
11
10
10
20
9
9
20
lb
8
kg
8
kg
lb
36
32
28
24
STATURE
cm
in
80
31
85
32
33
90
34
35
95
36
37
100
38
39
105
40
Published May 30, 2000 (modified 10/16/00).
SOURCE: Developed by the National Center for Health Statistics in collaboration with
the National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (2000).
http://www.cdc.gov/growthcharts
MacPeds Survival Guide
41
110
42
43
115
44
45
120
46
47
56
36
32
28
24
NAME
Weight-for-stature percentiles: Girls
Date
Age
Weight
RECORD #
Comments
Stature
kg
34
33
lb
76
72
32
31
68
30
29
28
97
lb
56
52
48
kg
27
26
26
25
90
25
24
85
24
23
75
23
22
22
50
21
44
40
60
56
52
48
21
20
25
20
19
10
19
3
18
64
18
44
40
17
17
16
16
15
15
14
14
13
13
12
12
11
11
10
10
20
9
9
20
lb
8
kg
8
kg
lb
36
32
28
24
STATURE
cm
in
80
31
85
32
33
90
34
35
95
36
37
100
38
39
105
40
41
110
42
43
115
44
45
120
46
47
Published May 30, 2000 (modified 10/16/00).
SOURCE: Developed by the National Center for Health Statistics in collaboration with
the National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (2000).
http://www.cdc.gov/growthcharts
MacPeds Survival Guide
57
36
32
28
24
ADOLESCENT INTERVIEWING (HEADDSS)
• Interview teens alone with parents invited to join at the end
(Alternatively, you can start with the parents in the room and
have them leave at some point)
• Allow adequate, uninterrupted time to inquire about all
aspects of their life, and high-risk behaviours in private
setting
• Assure confidentiality at beginning of interview, and prior to
discussing drug use and sexuality
• In addition to “HEADDSS” obtain routine history including:
Past Medical History, Meds, Allergies and Vaccines (HPV,
hepatitis, meningococcal in particular)
Home
• Tell me what home is like…
• Who lives at home? How does everyone get along? What do
you argue about? What are the rules like at home?
• Any new people living at home?
• Family members – ages, occupations/education, health
status, substance abuse
Education / Employment
• Name of school, grade level, attendance pattern
• Most favourite/least favourite courses, marks in each course,
change in marks recently?
• Part-time / full-time job – for $ or ‘experience’
• What are your educational goals? What are your
employment goals?
Activities
• What do you do for fun? On weekends?
• Do you feel you have enough friends? Who are your best
friends? What do you do together?
• Sports / Exercise, extra-curricular activities
MacPeds Survival Guide
58
ADOLESCENT INTERVIEWING (Continued)
Drugs
• Have you ever tried cigarettes? Alcohol? Marijuana?
• Ever drunk?
• Binge drinking on weekends?
• For younger teens: ask about friends’ use and peer pressure
• Cover all drug classes: hallucinogens, amphetamines, rave
drugs, IV drugs, crack cocaine, OTC meds, anabolic steroids
• What age did you start? Frequency of use? How much?
• What do you like/dislike about X? Why do you use X ?
• Do you use alone? Any police involvement? Dealing?
Dieting
• Do you have concerns about your weight/shape?
• Have you tried to change your weight/shape in any way?
(dieting/exercise)
• Presence of bingeing/purging behaviours, use of
diuretics/laxatives
• Tell me what you eat/drink in an average day…
• ~20% of teens are on a diet at any one time, up to 66% have
tried to lose weight in the past
• Use BMI curves to estimate ‘healthy weight’ for teen based
on height
Sexuality
Over 2/3 of teens have had one sexual partner by age 18
The average age of first intercourse in Canada is 16 years
For female adolescents:
• How old were you when you started your periods?
• How often do you have your period? How may days does it
last for?
• Are your periods heavy or painful?
• How often do you miss school because of your period?
For all adolescents:
MacPeds Survival Guide
59
• ADOLESCENT INTERVIEWING (Continued)
• Are you interested in the same sex, opposite sex or both?
(DO NOT assume heterosexuality!)
• Are you dating someone now? Are you having sex? What
kinds of sex (oral/anal/vaginal)? What do you use for
contraception/STI prevention (condoms, OCP, Depoprovera, Emergency Contraception etc.)
• Have you ever been forced or pressured into having sex?
• Number of sexual partners /age of first sexual activity/STI
history / ever tested for STIs, HIV/ last pelvic exam in
females, partner history of STI and partner’s STI risk
behaviours
• Have you ever been pregnant or gotten someone pregnant?
Suicide / Depression
• Screen for depression (SIGECAPS)
• Have you lost interest in things you previously enjoyed?
• How would you describe your mood? On a scale of 1-10?
• Any change in sleep pattern? Ability to concentrate?
• Have you had any thoughts about hurting or killing yourself?
• Have you ever engaged in self-harm behaviours?
• What do you do to relieve stress?
• Do you have an adult that you can talk to if you are having a
hard time? Who is that person?
Safety
• Do you regularly use: seatbelts? Bike helmets? Appropriate
gear when snowboarding/skateboarding or other sports?
• Does anyone at home own a gun?
• Have you ever been the victim of violence at home, in your
neighbourhood or at school?
• Has anyone ever hurt you or touched you in a way that was
hurtful or inappropriate MacPeds Survival Guide
60
WEIGHT CONVERSION CHART
POUNDS
OUNCES
0
0
0
0
1
28
2
57
3
85
4
113
5
142
6
170
7
198
8
227
9
255
10
284
11
312
12
340
13
369
14
397
15
425
1
454
482
510
539
567
595
624
652
680
709
737
765
794
822
851
879
2
907
936
964
992
1021 1049 1077 1106 1134 1162 1191 1219 1247 1276 1304 1332
3
1361 1399 1418 1446 1474 1503 1531 1559 1588 1616 1644 1673 1701 1729 1758 1786
4
1814 1843 1871 1899 1928 1956 1985 2013 2041 2070 2098 2126 2155 2183 2211 2240
5
2268 2296 2325 2353 2381 2410 2438 2466 2495 2523 2552 2580 2608 2637 2665 2693
6
2722 2750 2778 2807 2835 2863 2892 2920 2948 2977 3005 3033 3062 3090 3119 3147
7
3175 3204 3232 3260 3289 3317 3345 3374 3402 3430 3459 3487 3515 3544 3572 3600
8
3629 3657 3686 3714 3742 3771 3799 3827 3856 3884 3912 3941 3969 3997 4026 4054
9
4082 4111 4139 4167 4196 4224 4252 4281 4309 4338 4366 4394 4423 4451 4479 4508
10 4536 4564 4593 4621 4649 4678 4706 4734 4763 4791 4820 4848 4876 4905 4933 4961
11 4990 5018 5046 5075 5103 5131 5160 5188 5216 5245 5273 5301 5330 5358 5387 5415
12 5443 5472 5500 5528 5557 5585 5613 5642 5670 5698 5727 5755 5783 5812 5840 5868
13 5897 5925 5954 5982 6010 6039 6067 6095 6124 6152 6180 6209 6237 6265 6294 6322
14 6350 6379 6407 6435 6464 6492 6521 6549 6577 6606 6634 6662 6691 6719 6747 6776
15 6804 6832 6861 6889 6917 6946 6974 7002 7031 7059 7088 7116 7144 7173 7201 7229
MacPeds Survival Guide
61
ADMISSION ORDERS (ADDAVID)
Admit: Admit to (Ward 3B/3C/NICU/L2N) under (staff name, Team #);
-If admitting while on-call overnight double check with your senior resident
which team that patient should be admitted to.
“Admit to Team x under the care of [Night Staff name] with transfer of care to
[Team x Day staff] in the morning”
Diagnosis: Confirmed or Suspected (eg. UTI with 2° dehydration)
Diet: DAT (diet as tolerated) NPO (nothing per os/by mouth; if going for surgery
or procedures) Sips Only, CF (Clear Fluids), FF (Full Fluids), Thickened Fluids
(dysphagia), Advancing Diet (NPO to sips to clear fluids to full fluids to DAT),
Diabetic Diet (indicate Calories eg. 1800 Kcal, 2200 Kcal), Cardiac Diet, TPN
etc. Include amount, frequency, rate if applicable.
Activity: AAT (Activity as Tolerated), NWB (Non-Weight bearing), FWB (Full
Weight bearing), BR (Bed Rest), BR with BRP (Bed Rest with Bathroom
Priviledges), Ambulation (Up in Chair Tid, Ambulate bid)
Vital Signs: VSR (Vital Signs Routine (HR, RR, BP, O2 sat, Temp. q 8-12
hours, q shift), VS q4h (if particularly sick patient requiring more frequent vitals),
Special parameters (eg. Postural vitals, Neuro vitals)
Monitor:
Accurate Ins & Outs (Surgery, volume status pts.)
Daily weights (eg. Renal failure, edematous, infants)
Investigations:
Hematology: CBC + diff, PTT/INR
Biochemistry: Electrolytes (Na+, K+,Cl-, HCO3-), Urea, Creatinine, Ca2+,
Mg2+, PO4-, glucose, CSF cell count, CSF protein and glucose
Microbiology: Urine R&M/C&S, Blood Cultures, CSF from LP for gram
stain, C&S. For this section just remember all the things you can culture:
CSF, Sputum, Urine, Feces, Pus from wounds, Blood
Imaging: CXR, CT, MRI, EKG, PFT, Spirometry
Consults: Social Work, Neurology, Infectious Diseases
Drugs
All medications patient is already on (Past), medications the patient needs right
now (Present), anticipate what the patient might need: prophylaxis, sleep,
nausea and pain (Future)
10 Patient P’s: Problems (specific medical issues), Pain (analgesia), Pus
(antimicrobials), Puke (anti-emetics, prokinetics, antacids), Pee (IV fluids,
diuretics, electrolytes), Poop (bowel routine), Pillow (sedation), PE
(anticoagulation), Psych (DTs), Previous Meds
Ensure you date and time your orders, put the child’s weight and list any
allergies on the order sheet. Make sure you sign the order sheet and write your
name legibly and pager number.
MacPeds Survival Guide
62
PROGRESS NOTE: PEDIATRICS
General Pediatrics Ward (3B/3C) – Clinical Clerk Progress Note
Date ∗ Always LEGIBLY note the Date, Time, Your Name and Pager Number ∗
Time
ID:
age, sex with a history of (non-active/chronic issues/previously well) admitted
with (list active/acute issues for why patient is admitted)
eg. 18 mo ♀ previously healthy, admitted with a UTI and 2° dehydration
Subjective:
S:
How patient’s night was (O/N) and how they feel that day and any new concerns
they have. What has changed since the previous note. Does the patient have any
new symptoms? How is the patient coping with the active symptoms,
progression, better/worse. If patient is non-verbal, ask the parents or patient’s
nurse. Remember to ask about: behaviour, activity, sleep, appetite, in and outs.
Objective:
O:
General: Patient disposition (irritable, sleeping, alert), general appearance,
behaviour, cognition, cooperation, disposition
Vitals: HR, BP, RR, SaO2 (on Room Air/NP with rate or %), Temp (PO/PR/AX),
weight (daily, with changes noted), Inputs (Diet, IV fluids and rate), Output (Urine
Output, BM/Diarrhea, Vomiting, Drains)
Vitals: Temp (PO or PR or Axilla?), HR, RR, BP, SaO2 (on room air? 24%? 2L?)
Focused P/E of system involved plus CVS, RESP, ABDO, EXT/MSK
common for hospitalized patients to develop problems in these systems
Investigations (Ix): New lab results, imaging or diagnostic tests/interventions
MEDS: reviewed daily for changes regarding those that are
new/hold/discontinued/restarted
Assessment & Plan\Impression (A/P or Imp):
Summarize what the new findings mean, what progress is being made
Improved? Stable? Waiting investigations/consult? Differential Diagnosis if
anything has been ruled in/out
Plan (A/P or I/P):
Issue (1) à eg. UTI à Day 2 of Empiric Abx, likely 14 day course
required. Awaiting culture and sensitivity
Issue (2) à eg. Dehydration à Intake still minimal, Urea mildly elevated,
clinically dehydrated therefore continue IVF at 50 ml/hr
Encourage oral fluids
Name, Designation (CC\PGY), Pager Number
Discussed with Dr. ________________ MacPeds Survival Guide
63
Documentation
• Colleges and legislation define good documentation
• Essential part of being a competent physician
• Provides communication amongst team members and other physicians
• Information documented in chart belongs to the patient - - you are the
caretaker
• ALL notes in medical records should be written with expectation that
they will be viewed by the patient and/or their legal representative
PROFESSIONALISM
• Colleges require a written, legible, medical record accompany patient
encounters, as a standard of practice
• Hospitals require documentation be done in a timely manner
• Documentation should provide a clear indication of physician's thought
process
Documentation in clinical notes should:
• Be factual, objective, and appropriate to the purpose
• Be dated and timed (preferably with 2400 clock)
• Provide chronological information
• Be written in a timely manner
• Be legible, including signature and training level
• Use only well-recognized abbreviations
Documentation should allow someone to determine:
• Who attended the appointment (i.e. mother, father)
• What happened
• To whom
• By whom
• When
• Why
• Result
• Impression
• Plan
• Late entries must be recorded as such
• Phone contact should also be timed
MacPeds Survival Guide
64
Choose words carefully – use:
‘Reported no…..’
VS
‘denied’
‘Declined’
VS
‘refused’
Avoid subjective and/or disparaging comments relating to the care provided
by other HCP.
Doubts about a colleague's treatment decisions should not be recorded in
medical records. Better to talk to your colleague instead.
Write only what YOU did or did not do. You cannot testify to the truth of the
event if no personal knowledge.
• If negative event occurs, document what steps you took (who
notified, course of action). Again write no comments as to what
others did, will do, or said, etc. Notes may be written elsewhere
(not in chart) in the event of potential litigation, but these notes
are not protected,
NEVER change, tamper or add to a medical record. Any subsequent
additions or changes should be dated and signed at the time you make them,
to avoid undermining the credibility of any changes.
• Do NOT later change an existing entry.
• Do NOT black-out or white-out words or areas.
• Do NOT insert entries between lines or along the margins of the chart
as these may appear to have been added later, casting doubt on their
reliability.
• Do NOT add an addendum to the chart after learning of a legal action,
threat of a legal action or other patient complaint.
Poor charting may be perceived as reflecting less attention to detail, risking
the conclusion that care provided was poor.
MacPeds Survival Guide
65
Mandatory Reporting of Suspected Child Abuse and Neglect
During your clinical training in Pediatrics at McMaster, there is a possibility that you will
encounter a child in whom child abuse has been diagnosed or is suspected.
As a regulated health professional, you are required, under the provisions of the Child
and Family Services Act to immediately report to a Children’s Aid Society (CAS) any
suspicion that a child has suffered or is at risk of suffering from physical, sexual or
emotional abuse and/or neglect (which includes exposure to domestic violence). There
are serious legal and professional repercussions if a physician fails to meet this
obligation.
If you become concerned that a child has suffered or is at risk of suffering abuse or
neglect, you are encouraged to discuss this immediately with your preceptor so that it
can be determined if a report to CAS is warranted. While it is unlikely to occur, keep in
mind that it is an offense for someone in a position of authority to prevent another
person from making a report if that person believes that there is sufficient cause to do
so.
For more information:
http://www.cpso.on.ca/uploadedFiles/policies/policies/policyitems/mandatoryreporting.pdf
GENERAL RULES re: DISCLOSING PHI (Personal Health Information) TO POLICE:
1. Must seek consent of the individual (or substitute decision maker) OR
2. Release information if required by law (i.e. mandatory gunshot wound reporting) OR
3. Release in compliance with a summons or order compelling production of the information; warrant only give out if disclosure details are provided
4. Police are not part of the circle of care and are not Health Information Custodians
The above information is described in s.43(1)(g) of PHIPA.
Please say to the police, "If you bring the proper documentation, then I'm happy to comply with your
request".
PHIPA allows health care providers to tell anyone that: an individual is a patient in the facility, individual's health
status (ie stable, serious), location of the facility (unless individual instructs otherwise), or to identify the deceased
MacPeds Survival Guide
66
DISCHARGE SUMMARY TEMPLATE: PEDIATRICS
Today’s date
My name, designation (i.e. resident, clinical clerk)
Attending MD
Patient name, ID#
Copies of this report to: FD, pediatrician, pertinent consultants
Date of Admission:
Date of Discharge:
“Start of dictation”
ADMISSION DIAGNOSIS:
DISCHARGE DIAGNOSIS:
1., 2. etc
OTHER (non-active) DIAGNOSIS:
FOLLOW-UP: (appointments, pending investigations, home care)
DISCHARGE MEDICATIONS: (dose, frequency, route and duration)
SUMMARY OF PRESENTING ILLNESS:
- 1-2 line summary of child’s presenting illness and reason for admission.
Refer to separately dictated note for full history and physical
examination of admission.
- Only if no admission dictation completed, indicate full history of
presenting illness (HPI), Past medical history, and initial physical
examination prior to ‘Course in Hospital’
COURSE IN HOSPITAL:
- Describe briefly the events and progression of illness while in hospital
including status upon discharge
- Details of drug doses used, IV rates, etc rarely required and difficult to
confirm as signing staff physician. Rather, say “XXX required hourly
nebulized Ventolin for 5 hours after which the dosing interval was
extended to every three hours”.
- If the child has multiple medical issues, this section can be done by
system (cardiovascular, respiratory, fluids and nutrition, ID,
hematological, CNS, etc)
- List complex investigations (with results) under a separate heading.
State your name, designation; Attending MD name Press 8 to end dictation,
and write down job # on face-sheet of chart
MacPeds Survival Guide
67
QUALITY DOCUMENTATION INITIATIVE
Discharge Summary Template
Diagnosis on Admission: Includes most responsible diagnosis for hospital admission
Diagnosis at Discharge: Includes most responsible diagnosis for hospital admission
as well as co-morbid conditions identified either at time of admission
or during the hospital admission as well as complications developed during course in hospital
Procedures: Includes a comprehensive list of procedures performed during hospital admission
for definitive treatment, diagnostic or exploratory purposes
Course in Hospital: Includes a detailed comprehensive list of critical events while in hospital,
complications, response to treatment
Discharge Medications: Includes a comprehensive list of medications, active at discharge,
dosage and mode of administration
Discharge Plans/ Follow-up: Includes a comprehensive list of appointments, treatments,
referrals, recommendations and follow-up including responsible physician(s), health care
team(s), or agency involved, including arrangements for aftercare
MacPeds Survival Guide
68
Comparison of IV Solutions
IV Solution
Na+
K+
Cl-
(mEq/L)
(mEq/L)
(mEq/L)
Sodium Chloride 0.45%
77
Sodium Chloride 0.9% (0.9 NaCl, NS)
154
Sodium Chloride 3%
513
Dextrose 5%
0
Dextrose 5% Sodium Chloride 0.2%* (D5 0.2NS)
39
Dextrose 5% Sodium Chloride 0.45% (D5 ½NS)
77
Dextrose 5 % Sodium Chloride 0.9%
154
Dextrose 10%
0
Dextrose 10% Sodium Chloride 0.2%*
39
Dextrose 10% Sodium Chloride 0.45%*
77
Dextrose 10% Sodium Chloride 0.9%*
154
Dextrose 3.3% Sodium Chloride 0.3% (⅔ * ⅓)
51
Lactated Ringers†
130
4
2+
†Also contains Calcium (Ca ) 1.5 mmol/L, and Lactate (HCO3 ) 28 mmol/L
*These solutions are not commercially available
Commonly used solutions are highlighted
MacPeds Survival Guide
154
77
51
109
Dextrose
(g/L)
Osmolarity
(mOsm/L)
0
0
0
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
33.3
0
154
308
1030
250
320
405
560
505
575
660
813
273
273
69
FLUID MANAGEMENT IN CHILDREN
3 Components to Fluid Management:
1. Maintenance
2. Deficit Replacement
3. Ongoing Losses Replacement
1. Maintenance
§ Fluid and electrolyte requirements are directly related to
metabolic rate
§ Holliday-Segar Rule - calculation of maintenance fluid
requirements using body weight for resting hospitalized
patients (based on 100 cc for each 100 kcal expended):
Body Weight Volume in 24 hours
Up to 10 kg
100 cc/kg/d (1,000 cc for 10kg child/day)
11- 20 kg
1,000 + 50 cc/kg above 10 kg
Above 20 kg
1,500 + 20 cc/kg above 20 kg
Weight (kg)
Hourly Fluid Requirements
(Calculated by "4-2-1 rule”)
0-10 kg
4 mL/kg/h
11-20 kg
40 mL/h + (2 mL/kg/h for each kg over 10
kg)
>20 kg
60 mL/h + (1 mL/kg/h for each kg over 20
kg)
§ Insensible water losses = cutaneous + pulmonary water losses
which are calculated as ~ 300 – 500 cc/m2
§ During fluid management, we should assess factors affecting
insensible and/or urinary fluid losses
§ Normal Na+ and K+ requirements 2 – 4 mEq/kg/day
§ During fluid management, we should assess factors that affect
Na and K balance
§ Adding 5% dextrose to maintenance solution prevents protein
catabolism
§ Most commonly used solution in children:
D5 ½ NS + 20 mEq/L KCl or D5W/NS + 20 mEq/L KCl
§ D5 ½ NS + 20 mEq/L KCl = 4 mEq/100cc/d Na+ and 2
mEq/100cc/d K+
§ D10W: use in Neonates and Hypoglycemia
MacPeds Survival Guide
70
FLUID MANAGEMENT IN CHILDREN (Continued)
2. Deficit Replacement – Assessment Includes:
Severity:
§ Represents the percentage of body weight loss, acute weight
loss reflects losses of fluid and electrolytes rather than lean
body mass
§ Most commonly estimated based on history and physical exam
§ See table on next page
§ To calculate fluid deficit: % x 10 x body weight (pre-illness)
Type:
§ A reflection of relative net losses of water and electrolytes
based on serum Na+ or osmolality
§ Important for pathophysiology, therapy and prognosis
§ Affects water transport between ICC and ECC
§ 70 – 80% pediatric dehydration is isotonic
Type of
Dehydration
Hypotonic or
Hyponatremic
Isotonic or
Isonatremic
Hypertonic or
Hypernatremic
MacPeds Survival Guide
Electrolyte Status
Serum Na+ < 130 mEq/L,
Serum Osm < 270
Clinical Features
Exacerbated signs of
dehydration
Risk of seizure
Serum Na+=130-150 mEq/L,
Serum Osm 270 – 300
Serum Na+ > 150 mEq/L,
Decreased signs of
Serum Osm >300
dehydration
Irritable, increased
tone and reflexes
71
FLUID MANAGEMENT IN CHILDREN (Continued)
Assessing Dehydration: Severity
Patient Presentation
Mild
Less than 1 year:
Less than/equal
to 5%
Moderate
Less than 1 year:
10%
Severe
Less than 1 year:
15%
Greater than 1
year: <= 3%
Greater than 1
year: 6%
Greater than 1 year:
9%
Heart Rate
Normal
Mild tachycardia
Moderate
tachycardia
Blood Pressure
Normal
Normal
(orthostasis)
Decreased
Normal
Normal
Increased
< 2 seconds
Normal
Normal
Normal / Dry
2 - 3 seconds
Decreased
Depressed
Dry
> 3 seconds
Tenting
Depressed
Dry
Normal
Altered
Depressed
Normal / Absent
Normal
Absent
Sunken
Absent
Sunken
Small
1.020
Oliguria
1.025
Oliguria-anuria
Maximal
Age
% Weight Loss
Respiratory Rate
Skin
Capillary refill
Elasticity (less than 2 years)
Anterior fontanel
Mucous membranes
CNS
Mental Status
Eyes
Tearing
Appearance
Laboratory Tests
Urine
Volume
Specific gravity
Blood
Blood Urea Nitrogen
Upper normal
Elevated
High
Signs of dehydration may be less evident or appear later in hypernatremic dehydration;
conversely, they may be more pronounced or appear sooner in hyponatremic dehydration
MacPeds Survival Guide
72
FLUID MANAGEMENT IN CHILDREN (Continued)
Labs:
§ Helpful in evaluation of Type and Severity of dehydration
§ May need to start therapy before lab results available
§ CBC for hemoconcentration, infection, source of dehydration
§ Electrolytes (Na+, K+, Cl-, HCO3-)
§ BUN, Cr increased in severe dehydration
§ Blood gas and HCO3- for metabolic acidosis, may need to
calculate Anion Gap (AG) = [ (Na+ + K+) – (Cl- - HCO3-)]
Normal AG = 12 ± 4
§ Urine R&M, concentrated urine in dehydration, infection
Monitoring Ongoing Dehydration\Rehydration Response:
§ Clinical response to treatment
§ HR, BP, Cap refill, LOC, Urine output
§ As indicated: cardioresp monitor, CVP, ECG
§ Labs as indicated: electrolytes, urine specific gravity,
serum / urine Osm
§ Repeated careful weight measurement
§ Accurate INS and OUTS including stool volume & consistency
2. Deficit Replacement – Oral Rehydration Therapy (ORT):
§ First-line treatment for Mild to Moderate dehydration
§ Requires close monitoring and compliance of patient and
parents
§ Contains balanced amounts of sodium and glucose
§ Basic treatment is replacing the deficit over 4 – 6 hours and
replacing ongoing losses (eg. Diarrhea) by ORT
§ Initial rates of ORT:
§ Mild:1 cc/kg/5 mins
§ Moderate 2cc/kg/5 mins
MacPeds Survival Guide
73
Solution
WHO
Rehydrate
Pedialyte
Pediatric
Electrolyte
Infantlyte
Naturlyte
MacPeds Survival Guide
Glucose
(mEq/L)
111
140
140
140
Na
(mEq/L)
90
75
45
45
K
(mEq/L)
20
20
20
20
Base
(mEq/L)
30
30
30
30
Osmolality
70
140
50
45
25
21
30
48
200
265
310
310
250
250
74
FLUID MANAGEMENT IN CHILDREN (Continued)
2. Deficit Replacement – Parenteral Therapy (IV):
§ Indications: Severe dehydration, patients who fail ORT due to:
vomiting, refusal or difficulty keeping up with losses
§ Preferable site is IV, if unable to start IV use IO
§ Consists of 3 phases:
(i) Initial Therapy
o Goal: expand ECF volume to prevent or treat shock
o Solution: isotonic saline (0.9% NS or RL) in all forms of
dehydration, never use hypotonic solution!!!
o Bolus 10 – 20 cc/kg of N/S ( or RL) over 15-20 mins initially,
may be repeated until patient is hemodynamically stable, if
unstable, call Peds 1000!
o Rapid Rehydration (eg. 20-40 cc/kg bolus + ORT) à no
evidence
o If hypokalemic: start K+ when patient voids (normal renal
function). Note: no K+ in bolus!
(ii) Subsequent Therapy
o Goal: continue replacement of existing deficit, provide
maintenance and electrolytes, replace ongoing losses
o Solution: D5 ½ NS + 20 mEq/L KCL or D5NS + 20 mEq/L
KCL in isotonic dehydration
o Deficit Replacement Time: usually over 24 hours à
½ deficit in first 8 hours, second ½ deficit over next 16 hours
o Subtract boluses from deficit calculation
o Source of Electrolyte Losses: 60% ECF and 40% ICF
§ For every 100 cc water lost, electrolyte losses:
o Na+: 8.4 mEq/L / 100cc
o K+: 6.0 mEq/L / 100cc
o Cl-: 6.0 mEq/L / 100cc
(iii) Final Therapy
o Return patient to normal status and to normal feeding
MacPeds Survival Guide
75
FLUID MANAGEMENT IN CHILDREN (Continued)
3. Ongoing Losses
Replace…
Gastric Losses (Vx)
Stool or Intestinal
losses (Diarrhea)
CSF losses
Urine Output
Losses due to Burns
With…
½ NS + 10 – 20 mEq/L KCl
Add HCO3- to
½ NS + 10 – 20 mEq/L KCl
0.9% NS
As indicated
Increase fluid administration (Parkland)
Isotonic Dehydration
• See previous steps
• Rehydrate over 24 hours
Hypotonic Dehydration
• Degree of dehydration may be overestimated
• May need immediate circulatory support
• Calculate fluid losses as above
• Calculate electrolyte losses
• Calculate Na+ to correct Na+ to 130 mEq/L using the following
formula (as long as Na+ > 120 mEq/L)
o (Desired Na+ – Measured Na+) x 0.6 x weight (kg)
• Replace losses over 24 hours (if acute losses!)
• Max increase 1 mEq/L
Hypertonic Dehydration
• Bolus by NS or RL as indicated
• Avoid electrolyte free solutions
• Calculate water and electrolyte losses
• Replace deficit slowly over 48 hours
• Monitor serum Na+ q2 – 4hours (should not fall > 0.5 mEq/L/h,
max 10 mEq/L/24h) and change fluids according to Na+ drop
• Usually seize as Na+ drops, rather than as increases
• If seizures or signs of increased ICP, treat with mannitol
MacPeds Survival Guide
76
Guidelines for Prescribing Maintenance IV Fluids in Children
• 
These are general guidelines for ordering maintenance IV fluids (IVF) only, and do not apply to resuscitation or complicated fluid and electrolyte
disorders. Seek additional advise/appropriate consultation in the event of fluid and electrolyte abnormalities.
• 
Consider IV fluids as DRUGS - individualize prescriptions daily according to objectives, and monitor for potential side effects.
• 
Be aware that the commonest side effect of IVF therapy is HYPONATREMIA, particularly in patients at risk, and if hypotonic solutions are used
Step 1:
Determine IV fluid rate, according to “maintenance fluid” requirements, and replacement of deficit or ongoing losses
(Total Fluid intake (TFI). In general maintenance fluid rate is calculated by the “4:2:1” guideline, but should be
individualized according to the clinical condition and patient assessment
Step 2: The choice of fluid is dependent the individual patient.
Consider ISOTONIC IVF for the following patients:
• 
CNS disorder, Diabetic ketoacidosis
• 
Patients at risk of hyponatremia: acute infection, post-operative patients
and burns, Plasma Na < 138
Add K+ to provide 1-2 mEq/kg/day, if patient has urine output
IV solution
Weight
(kg)
ml/hour
0-10
4/kg/hour
11-20
40 + (2/kg/hr)
>20
60 + (1/kg/hr)
Na (mEq/L)
K (mEq/L)
Cl (mEq/L)
% Electrolyte
Free Water
(EFW)*
0.2% NaCl in
D5W
34
0
34
78
0.45% NaCl
in D5W
77
0
77
50
• 
Patients with an EFW deficit - e.g. hypernatremia, ongoing EFW losses
(renal, GI, skin)
H
y
p
o
t
o
n
i
c
Lactated
Ringers
130
4
109
16
• 
Patients with established 3rd space overload - e.g CHF, nephrotic
syndrome, oliguric renal failure, liver failure
0.9% NaCl in
D5W (ISOTONIC)
154
0
154
0
• 
Limited renal solute handling indicated - e.g. neonatal population,
hypertension
Add Dextrose to prevent hypoglycemia/ketosis (exceptions: hyperglycemia,brain injury)
Consider HYPOTONIC IVF for the following patients:
Step 3: MONITORING while on IV fluid
Clinical status: hydration status,urine
output, ongoing losses, pain, vomiting,
peripheral edema, and general well-being.
Daily weights
Reassess TFI, indications for and fluid
prescription at least every 12 hours.
*Based on a sodium plus potassium concentration in the aqueous phase of plasma of 154mEq/L, assuming that
plasma is 93% water with a plasma sodium of 140 mEq/L and a potassium concentration of 4 mEq/L
Measure and record as accurately as possible
Fluid balance: must be assessed at least every
12 hours
Intake: All IV and oral intake (including
medication). Ensure this matches desired TFI.
Output: all losses (urine, vomiting, diarrhea etc.)
Labs:
Serum Electrolytes - at least daily if primary source
of intake remains IV, or more frequently depending
on clinical course, or in the presence of documented
electrolyte abnormality.
Urine osmolarity/sodium and plasma osmolarity as
indicated, for determining etiology of hyponatraemia.
Version date : April 2011
MacPeds Survival Guide
77
Developmental Milestones
Gross Motor
0-1
month
Fine Motor
Language
-Moves head from side
to side on stomach
-Usually flexed posture
(prone position legs are
under abdomen)
-Keeps hands in tight
fists
-Brings hands within
range of eyes and
mouth
-Turns toward familiar
sounds & voices
-Hips not as flexed
(prone position legs not
under abdomen)
-Head control improving
(pull to sit)
-Hands open most of
the time
-Cooing (vowel-like
sound- ooooh, ah)
-Lift head when held
-Grasps and shakes
hand toys
-Recognizes some
sounds
Social & Self help
Red Flags
-Recognizes the scent of
his own mother's breast
milk
-Prefers the human face to
all other patterns
- Sucks poorly
- Doesn't respond to bright
lights or loud noise blink
when shown bright light
- Seems stiff or floppy
-Smiles
- Doesn't smile at the sound
of your voice by 2 months
- Doesn't notice her hands
by 2 months
-Not tracking objects
Achieved
2
months
-Increases vocalization
when spoken to
-Face is expressive
Achieved
3
months
-Lift head & chest when
on tummy
-Chuckles
-Turn toward the sound of
a human voice
- Doesn't hold objects
-Smile when smiled at
- Doesn’t support head
- Doesn't reach for and
grasp toys by 3 - 4 months
- Doesn't babble
- Always crosses eyes
- Doesn’t smile
-Holds hands open
-Begins to imitate some
sounds
-Reaching & grasping
-Brings toys to mouth
-Looks at objects in
hand
-Shows excitement w/
voice & breathing
-Increases vocalization
to toys & people
-Smiles at self in mirror
-No head lag
-Head steady when
sitting
-May roll backàfront
-Holds two objects in
both hands when
placed simultaneously
-Mimics sounds &
gestures
-2 syllable sounds (ahgoo)
-Babbles to get your
attention
-Able to let you know if
he’s happy or sad
-Doesn’t roll over
-Sits w/ hands on legs
(propping self up)
-Bears full weight on
legs if held standing
-Transfers object from
1 hand to the other
-Reaches after dropped
toys
-Expresses displeasure
with non-crying sounds
-Knows family from
strangers
-Pats at mirror image
-Pushes adult hand away
-Babe makes no sounds or
fewer sounds, especially in
response to you
-Doesn’t reach for things
-Bounces when held
standing
-Assumes crawling
position
-Reaches with one
hand
-Bangs toys on table
surface
-Begins responding to
"no"
-Starts using consonants
(da, ba, ga)
-Enjoys social play
-Reaches with 1 hand only
-One or both eyes
consistently turn in or out
-Refuses to cuddle
-In sitting, reaches
forward and can return
to sitting up erect
-Holds own bottle
-Responds to own name
-Plays peek-a-boo
-Starts eating finger
foods
-Babbles chains of
consonants
-Anticipates being picked
up by raising arms
-Gets to sitting position
alone
-Immature pincer grasp
(thumb onto side of
index finger)
-Uses “mama” or
“dada” nonspecifically
-Waves bye
Achieved
4
months
-No head lag in pull to
sit
-Rolls from front to back
-Increases vocalization to
toys & people
Achieved
5
months
-Doesn’t lift head while on
tummy
Achieved
6
months
Achieved
7
months
-Interested in mirror
images
Achieved
8
months
-Seems very stiff with tight
muscles
-Not babbling by 8 months
Achieved
9
months
MacPeds Survival Guide
-Pulls to stand
-Can’t push up on arms
while on tummy
-Can’t sit alone
-Can’t bear weight in
78
-Crawling
-Plays peek-a-boo
standing position
Imitates nursery gestures:
-Pat-a-cake
-No special relationship w/
any family members
-Isn’t moving around room
in some fashion i.e. rolling,
creeping
Achieved
10
months
-Pulls to stand
-Grasps bell by handle
- Jargons with inflection
-Cruises with 2 hands on
a rail or furniture (for
support)
-Points at a bead/small
object
- Performs 1 nursery
gesture on verbal
command
-Mature pincer à can
pick up tiny objects
with ends of thumb and
index finger
-One word with
meaning (e.g. “dada”)
-Understands simple
request with gesture
-Extends arm & leg to
help when being dressed
-No stranger anxiety
-Doesn’t seek social
interaction with familiar
people
-Mature pincer grasp
-Starting to point
-Helps turn pages in a
book
-2-3 words w/ meaning
-Cries when mother or
father leaves
-Repeats sounds or
gestures for attention
-Doesn’t know their name
-Not crawling or moving
forward
Says no single words
-Waving
-“So big”
Achieved
11
months
-Stands momentarily
-Walks with one hand
held
Achieved
12
months
-Walks a few steps
-Stands independently
-Creeps upstairs
-Uses exclamations
such as "Oh-oh!"
Achieved
Developmental Milestones: 1 - 5 Years:
Skill
Walking
12 mo
15 mo
18 mo
2 yrs
3 yrs
4 yrs
5 yrs
Walking few
steps, wide
based gait,
clumsy
Walking few
steps, wide
based gait,
clumsy
Running,
unstable
Running well
Broad jumps
Walks on tip toes
Skips alternating
feet
Fall if trying
to pivot
Jumps with 2
feet on floor
Stands on 1 foot
for 2 seconds
Tandem gait
forward
Hops on 1 foot
Creeps upstairs
Creeps up-stairs
Walk up-stairs
w/ hand held
Walks up
stairs alone
Alternates feet
while walking up
stairs
Alternates feet
while walking down
stairs
Balances on 1
foot for > or equal
to 10 seconds
2 feet per step
2 feet per step
Age Achieved
Stairs
Crawls downstairs very slow
& careful
Jumps off last steps
Age Achieved
Stands well
Climbs up on a
chair
Sit on chair
Kicks ball
Climbs up
onto a chair
Throws ball +/falling over
Walks & pulls
object
Throws ball
overhand
Pincer grasp
Stacks 2 blocks
Stacks 3-4
blocks
Stacks 5-7
blocks
Gross Motor
Pedals tricycle
Stands on 1 foot for
4 seconds
Bicycle +/training wheels
Stacks 9 blocks
Stacks 10 blocks
Does buttons up
Imitates bridge
Opposes fingers to
thumb in sequence
Age Achieved
Fine Motor
Releases object
if asked
Puts shapes on
to board
Age Achieved
Drawing
Crayon in
mouth
Linear scribbles
Circular
Imitates
stroke
Copies Circle
3yrs
Copies square
Copies triangle
Copies cross
MacPeds Survival Guide
79
Marks paper
Scribble
3.5yrs
Prints name
Age Achieved
2-3 words
5-10 words
20 - 50 words
Expressive
Speech
5-8 words together
Past tense
Uses: I, me, u
(pronouns)
Prepositions (behind,
on, under)
2 - 3word
combo
Answers
‘W’ questions
Tells stories
2 step
command
Knows Age
100-200
words
Defines words by
use- what is a
ball?
Age Achieved
Receptive
Speech
1 command
w/ gestures
1 command w/
out gestures
5 body parts
5 Common
objects
Knows their Sex
5-10 numbers by
rote
Full name
3-4 step instruction
Counts 10 pennies
Follows group
direction
Age Achieved
Eating
Eats cheerios
Sipping cup
Spoon level,
w/ solids
Spoon level,
w/ semi-solids
Eats neatly
Eats neatly
Spreads peanut
butter on bread
Plays peek-aboo
Helps to
remove cloths
Start taking
off cloths
Takes cloths
all off
Supervised dressing;
Dress alone
Buttons clothes up
Age Achieved
Dressing
Raise arms
Unbuttons clothes
Age Achieved
Cognitive/
Adaptive
Kisses on
request
Seeks help w/
gestures
Use cause and
effect toys
Parallel play
Plays simple
games
Folds paper
Should have
object
permanence
Imaginary friend
Knows alphabet
4 colours
Sort by size
Knows: same,
biggest, tallest
Label shapes,
classify object
Listens to stories
Unscrews
tops
Group play
MacPeds Survival Guide
80
MacPeds Survival Guide
81
MacPeds Survival Guide
82
Immunizations: Other Information Note: For premature infants, administer vaccines according to chronological or
cumulative age, not corrected age
Immunization Schedules:
http://www.health.gov.on.ca/en/public/programs/immunization/docs/schedu
le.pdf
Immunization Guide:
http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/cig-gci/pdf/cig-gci-2006_e.pdf
MacPeds Survival Guide
83
NEONATOLOGY
MacPeds Survival Guide
84
St Joe’s NICU common terms and definitions list
A’s and B’s- (apnea and bradycardia) defined as a cessation of breathing >20 sec or pause in breathing
associated with decrease in oxygen saturation <85% or HR <100 or change in color or tone. Or just the presence
of bradycardia.
Will be reported as self resolved or requiring stimulation.
Common in preterm infants however must always rule out sepsis.
B/R- Breast feeding.
BLES- Bovine surfactant, medication give for treatment of RDS (Respiratory distress syndrome) given via ETT
(endotracheal tube) dose 5cc/kg. May also be used in MAS (meconium aspiration syndrome) or severe
pneumonia.
CPAP- Continuous positive airway pressure, non invasive form of ventilation providing continuous PEEP
(positive end expiratory pressure) used to keep airways open and prevent airway collapse. Used in a multitude
of settings.
CLD (chronic lung disease) - formerly known as BPD (bronco pulmonary dysplasia) - CLD is usually defined
as oxygen dependency at 36 weeks’ postmenstrual age (PMA) or 28 days’ postnatal age (PNA), in conjunction
with persistent clinical respiratory symptoms and compatible abnormalities on chest radiographs .
Gavage- form of feeding, by where an OG tube is inserted into the stomach (placed clinically) and a feed is
given by gravity or over a period of time by pump. Prior to the feed the nurse will generally draw back to see if
there is any residual feed in the stomach. Reported as 0/37, scant/37 or 5/37 where the first number represents
the volume of the residual and the second number the volume of the feed given. Colour of the residual is
important especially when evaluating for NEC (necrotizing enterocoloitis)
GBS – (group B streptococcus) organism that is a common cause of neonatal infection, all women should be
screened at 35-37 weeks and important to note at deliveries or on evaluation of infants < 7 days of age.
Histogram- continuous monitoring of oxygen saturations over 1-2 hrs, done in either prone or supine position.
Reported as an average of the time period.
Reported as greater than 90 over 90, first number represents the saturation the second the percentage of the time
that baby’s actual O2 saturation is over that saturation.
Normal for preterm’s 90 over 90
For preterm’s greater than 30 days and diagnosed with CLD 85 over 90.
*Normal values may vary with new research.
IDDM- infant of a diabetic mother. Maternal diabetes can cause a multitude of neonatal complications, most
commonly hypoglycemia.
I/T ratio- immature to total ratio, used in the evaluation of sepsis. Calculated by taking the total number of
immature WBC’s seen on manual differential (bands, myelocytes, metomyleocytes, and/or promyelocytes)
divided by the total number of neutrophils plus the immature WBC’s.
Immature WBC’s/total neutrophils + immature WBC’s
IUGR (intrauterine growth restriction) - defined as symmetric or asymmetric, if symmetric both head
circumference and weight are less than the 3rd percentile if asymmetric only the weight is <3rd percentile.
NEC (necrotizing enterocolitis) - Gut infection, characterized by feeding intolerance, bilious residuals,
abdominal distension, bloody stools, with other signs and symptoms of sepsis.
MacPeds Survival Guide
85
Nippling- synonymous with bottle feeding, reported as infant nippled 20 (infant took 20cc by bottle)
RDS- (Respiratory Distress syndrome) common in preterm infants or infants of IDDM (infant of a diabetic
mother) due to surfactant deficiency.
TPN- (Total Parenteral Nutrition)- form of nutrition given by IV, contains glucose and varying amount of Na+,
K+, Ca2+ PO43- , lipids and amino acids, generally used when infants cannot tolerate feeds.
TFI- (Total fluid index) volume of fluid that an infant receives per day, either enteral or parenteral. Reported in
cc/kg/day. i.e. TFI of 60 cc/kg/day in a 3.0 kg term infant is:
60 x 3/24= 10 cc/hr or 30 cc q3h
Some useful definitions and normal values for term newborns:
Neonate: less than or equal to 28 days
Infant: 28 days to 1 year
Child: >1 year
Birth
-Average birth weight: 3.5 kg
-Average birth length: 50 cm
-Average birth head circumference: 35 cm
Weight loss
-Average weight loss in first week is 5-10% of birth weight
-Max weight loss in first 48 hrs: 7%
-Max weight loss in first week: 10%
Growth
-Return to birth weight by 14 days
-Infants double their birth weight by 5-6 months
-Infants triple their birth weight by 12 months
-Head circumference increases by 12 cm in first year of life
MacPeds Survival Guide
86
PROGRESS NOTE: NEONATES (LEVEL 2 NURSERY)
Date
Time
ID: Baby boy (surname)
Born at 335/7 (i.e. 33 weeks and 5 days) gestational age
Day of life (DOL): 12
Corrected Gestational Age: 363 wks (335+ 12 days)
Birth weight: 2680g
Today’s weight: 2550g (↑ 10 g from yesterday)
Brief problem list
e.g. 1. Prematurity
2. Apnea of prematurity
3. Unconjugated hyperbilirubinemia
4. Suspected NEC
S/O: Feeds: frequency, amount, what? (EBM? Formula? Supplement?), method,
regurgitation/vomiting, breast feeding?
Stool/urine pattern
Other signs/symptoms you may be following (e.g. bilirubin)
Behaviour: Settles easily? Irritable? Jittery? Interaction? Sleep? Handling?
Episodes of Apnea/Bradycardia? (A’s and B’s)
IV fluid/rate, urine output
Medications and other treatments (i.e. phototherapy)
Recent labs and investigations.
A:
Summarize active issues. Stable? Awaiting further investigations/consult
Differential Diagnosis
P:
Outline plan by issue: include investigations, treatment, discharge plans
.
eg. Resolving NEC à increase feeds slowly, starting at EBM 5cc q3h
Jaundice à double phototherapy, recheck bili in am.
Name, Designation (CC\PGY), Pager Number
Discussed with Dr. ________________
MacPeds Survival Guide
87
NICU / L2N DISCHARGE SUMMARY TEMPLATE
Name of person dictating:
Patient Name:
Patient Identification Number:
Admission /Transfer to L2N Date:
Discharge Date:
Copies to: Family physician
Referral physician
Follow-up pediatrician
Health records
All health care professionals involved
Problems on Admission:
1.
2.
3.
Birth Parameters
Gestational age:
Weight:____ g (%ile)
Length: _____ cm (%tile)
Head circumference:____cm (%ile)
Current Problems:
1.
2.
3.
Discharge Parameters
Corrected and chronological age:
Weight:____g
Head circumference:_____cm
Maternal History and Delivery:
____________was born at McMaster University Medical Centre/elsewhere on (date) at
___ weeks gestational age to (parents’ full names). (Mother’s name) is a (age) G T P
A L woman whose antenatal screens were: rubella (immune/nonimmune), VDRL
(reactive/nonreactive), hepatitis B serum antigen (-/+), HIV (-/+ __ GA), GBS (+/- at __
GA) and blood group __. This pregnancy was uneventful/complicated by__________.
(Celestone was administered at __ weeks gestation.) Membranes ruptured __hours
prior to delivery. The infant was born vaginally/caesarian section. Apgar scores were
__ at one minute and __at five minutes. (Insert post-delivery management.) He/she
was appropriate/small/IUGR for gestational age with dysmorphic/ no dysmorphic
features seen. The infant was admitted to the NICU/L2N and had the following
problems.
Cord gases were normal, OR ____.
** If the infant had a prolonged stay in the NICU, refer here to NICU discharge
summary, and do NOT repeat all these details.**
Include only applicable headings below.
MacPeds Survival Guide
88
Respiratory Distress Syndrome/Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia:
The infant received __doses of BLES. (Name) was ventilated for __ days when he/she
was extubated to NPCPAP. (Insert any complications: HFO, chest tubes, nitric oxide.)
He/ she received (number) courses of dexamethasone. He/she was placed on low
flow oxygen on __day of life. He/she is presently requiring (therapy). The last chest xray on (date) showed _____. The most recent blood gas shows __.
Apnea of Prematurity:
(Name) was loaded with caffeine citrate on __day of life. He/she is presently having
__apneas per day/(or) is apnea free. Caffeine was discontinued on (date).
Patent Ductus Arteriosus/Cardiovascular Anomalies:
The infant was treated/not treated with a course of Indomethacin on (date) for a patent
ductus arteriosus that presented clinically/(or) was confirmed on echocardiogram.
(Describe current status of murmur). (Repeat echocardiogram? Other cardiac
anomalies? Follow-up?)
Hyperbilirubinemia:
Mother’s blood type is __and infant’s blood type is __. Serum bilirubin peaked at
__mmol/L at __day of life. The infant received __days of phototherapy.
Hematology:
(List any blood product transfusions). The most recent CBC on (date) showed a
hemoglobin of__, WBC of__x 109/l, a platelet count of __,000 and no left shift.
Sepsis:
Cultures drawn following delivery were negative/(or) positive for (name of organism).
The infant received a __(# of days) course of (name of antibiotics). Due to clinical
deterioration(s) the infant had a partial/(or) full septic workup(s) on (date) which grew
(name of organism) and was treated with (name of antibiotic). During the neonatal
course the infant had__ episodes of sepsis which were culture negative/positive (state
organism(s) if identified)
Neurological:
Cranial ultrasound(s) done on __day of life showed___(include date and result of most
recent ultrasound). A follow-up ultrasound is recommended in __weeks.
Retinopathy of Prematurity (ROP):
Routine eye examinations were performed. The most recent examination on (date)
revealed zone__stage __ with no plus disease. A follow-up exam is strongly
recommended in __weeks to exclude progressive ROP. A follow-up eye appointment
has been made at the eye clinic at McMaster for (date and time).
MacPeds Survival Guide
89
Neonatal Abstinence Syndrome (NAS):
The infant was monitored with Finnigan Scoring from ___ (date) to ___(date) for
withdrawal symptoms due to maternal use of ___ (list substances applicable:
oxycodone / methadone / cocaine, etc) with a peak Finnigan score of ___(#) reached
on ___ (date). The infant's mother (was / was not) part of a Methadone program during
pregnancy. Maternal urine drug screen at presentation to L&D on ___ (date) was
positive for ___ (list substance/s). The infant’s urine was collected for drug screening
on ___ (date) and was positive for ___ (list substances). The infant’s meconium & hair
(was / was not) sent for drug screening. This infant (did / did not) require morphine
treatment for withdrawal symptoms initiated on ___ (date) and discontinued on ___
(date), up to a maximum dose of ___ mg/kg/day on ___ (date). This infant (did /did
not) require treatment with phenobarbital initiated on ___ (date) at a dose of ___ (#),
which was equal to ___ (#) mg/kg/day. The infant (was / was not) discharged on
Phenobarbital ___ (dose), which is equal to ___ (#) mg/kg/day. The infant’s weaning
course off morphine was ___ (describe: quick / slow / a struggle weaning off final
doses) and was complicated by ___ . Final Finnigan scoring in the 48 hrs prior to
rooming in were in the range of ___ (#) to___ (#) . There (was / was not) breastfeeding
restrictions due to the maternal use of ___ .
Fluids, Electrolytes and Nutrition:
Enteral feeds were started on __day of life and the infant achieved full enteral feeds on
__day of life. Presently, the infant is receiving (TPN and/or__cc q__hourly of
expressed breast milk fortified with __package of human milk fortifier to __mls of EBM
(or) name of formula by gavage, breast and/or bottle) for a total fluid intake of
__cc/hour. This provides __cc/kg/d or kcal/kg/d based on the current weight. On
(date) the serum sodium was __mmol/L, calcium was__mmol/L, and phosphate was
__mmol/.
Social:
Social worker ___ (list name) was involved with this infant and his/her family during the
NICU stay due to ___ (reason). CAS (was / was not) involved with this family due to
concerns of ___ . The infant’s CAS worker is ___ (list worker’s name) who can be
reached at ___ (number & extension). At the time of discharge, the case with CAS will
remain (open / closed). This infant will be going home to the care of ___ (list if it is:
biological parents, kinship, foster care, adoption AND name/s of the individual /s).
Immunizations:
1. Synagis (eligibility and date received or required and reference #).
2. Pentacel (date received or required),
3. Prevnar (date received or required).
4. Hepatitis B Immunoglobin/Vaccination (date received or required).
Discharge Medications: Include iron, calcium/phosphate, vitamins
MacPeds Survival Guide
90
Neonatal Screens:
1. Newborn Screen was completed on (date).
2. Hearing screen was performed on (date) as per Ministry of Health guidelines. A
pass/fail was obtained for one/both ears.
(Name) is being transferred to (hospital/) under the care of (physician) until he/she can
be discharged home OR (Name) is being discharged home to the care of his
parents/foster parents.
Follow-up
The infant requires follow-up for retinopathy of prematurity and cranial ultrasounds as
well as (indicate any follow-up required including growth and development,
appointments, etc.)
Thank you for accepting the care of this infant.
Name, Designation (CC\PGY), Pager Number
Dictating For Dr. (Name of Paediatrician/Neonatologist)
MacPeds Survival Guide
91
NEONATAL RESUSCITATION DRUGS
Epinephrine
IV Route
1:10,000
(Preferred Route) (0.01mg/kg)
0.1 mg/ml
ETT Route
q3-5 minutes
(0.1 mg/kg)
Sodium Bicarbonate
4.2% IV
0.5 mmol/ml (2 mmol/kg)
For Prolonged Arrest
Naloxone
IV or IM
0.4 mg/ml (0.1 mg/kg)
Contraindicated in narcotic dependent mothers
Volume Expanders
Normal Saline (NS, 0.9 NaCl)
Packed Red Blood Cells
Glucose (D10W) IV Bolus
200 mg/kg
For documented hypoglycemia
MacPeds Survival Guide
1 kg
< 30 weeks
0.1 ml
2 kg
30-36 weeks
0.2ml
3 kg
> 36 weeks
0.3 ml
1 ml
2 ml
3 ml
4 ml
8 ml
12 ml
0.25 ml
0.5 ml
0.75 ml
10 ml
10 ml
20 ml
20 ml
30 ml
30 ml
2 ml
4 ml
6 ml
92
Page 1 of 1
MacPeds Survival Guide
http://circ.ahajournals.org/content/122/18_suppl_3/S909/F1.large.jpg
93
5/24/2012
NICU NUTRITION GUIDELINES
ENTERAL FEEDING IN NICU
Method of Feeding (By Age)
Gavage
Breast
< 32 weeks
Yes
32-34 weeks
Yes
34-36 weeks
If indicated
36-40 weeks
Not usually
Individual
Assessment
1-2 q shift
Yes
Yes
1-2 q shift
Near 34 wks
Yes
Yes
Minimum feed
Vol (cc)/ Time (hr)
Yes
Bottle
Ad lib
FEEDING HUMAN MILK IN NICU
Human milk is the Feeding of Choice for All Infants in NICU
Expressed Breast Milk (EBM)
All infants should be established on feeds of EBM when available. If EBM is not available or
not indicated then formula may be used either as a supplement to EBM or as the sole source
of nutrition
MacPeds Survival Guide
94
NICU NUTRITION GUIDELINES
ENTERAL FEEDING IN NICU
Initiation and Advancement of Enteral Feeds (By Birth Weight and Age)
Infants < 1500 grams Birth Weight: Pre-calculated guidelines for each 100g weight category
available in the NICU. Level 2 will have pre-calculated guidelines for babies >1100g
< 750 grams
750 – 999 g
1000 - 1249 g
1250-1500 g
Initiate Trophic Feeds:
(10-15 ml/kg/d)
By 12-24 hr of age
By 12-24 hr of age
By 6-12 hours
By 6-12 hours
Volume/Frequency
Tropic Feeds
Nutritional Feeds Timing
Initiation Volume
Feeding Interval
1 ml q3-4 hr X 3 days
1 mL q 2-3 hr x 2d
1-2 ml q2 hr x 1d
1-2 mL q2h x 1d
Day 4 feeds
Day 3 feeds
Day 2 feeds
Day 2 feeds
15-20 mL/kg/d
2 hourly
15-20 ml/kg/d
2 hourly
25-30 mL/kg/d
3 hourly
Rate of Increase
15-20 mL/kg/d x 3d
Then 20-25 mL/kg/d
15-20 mL/kg/d x 3 d
Then 20-25 mL/kg/d
25-30 mL/kg/d
<1250g – 2 hourly
>1250g – 3 hourly
20-25 mL/kg/d
20-25 mL/kg/d
Trophic Feeds – EBM or Enfamil Premature A+ 20 kacal/oz. (May delay trophic feeds up to 24 hr for EBM)
Nutritional Feeds – EBM or Enfamil Premature A+ 24 kcal/oz
Infants > 1500 grams Birth Weight
Timing:
Amount/
Frequency:
Increase:
1500 - 1749 g
> 29 weeks
Day 1 / Stable
3 mL q 3 hr
1750 - 1999 g
> 30 weeks
Day 1 / Stable
6 mL q 3 hr
2000 - 2499 g
> 31 weeks
Day 1 / Stable
6 mL q 3 hr
3 mL q 9 hr
3 mL q 6-9 hr
3 mL q 3-6 hr
MacPeds Survival Guide
> 2500 g
> 34 weeks
Day 1 / Stable
9-12 mL q 3 hr /
ad lib
3-6 mL q 3 hr
95
NICU NUTRITION GUIDELINES (CONTINUED)
FEEDING HUMAN MILK IN NICU
Expressed Breast Milk (EBM) + Enfamil Human Milk Fortifier
Preterm infants < 34 weeks or < 1.8-2 kg
Initiate Fortification:
• When infant tolerating 100 m/kg/d for 24 hours
Dosing:
• Initially à 1 package fortifier per 50 mL EBM
• Increase à 1 package fortifier per 25 mL EBM after 48 hours
Continue Fortification:
• Until infant reaches at least 2.0-2.5 kg or is established at breastfeeding
• For nutritionally compromised infants, continue fortifier until infant
reaches 2.5 – 3 kg or is established at breastfeeding
• Note: if a baby is breastfeeding 4 times/day, and receives EBM fortified
at 1:25 the other 4 feeds with a NG tube, vitamins and minerals will
need to be reassessed as the total amount of fortifier is reduced.
MacPeds Survival Guide
96
NICU NUTRITION GUIDELINES (CONTINUED)
Formula Selection
<34 weeks or <2.0 kg birth weight
>34 weeks and
Ø Enfamil Premature 24 A + and reassess when close to term and
>2.0kg birth weight
over 2200g
If current weight is over 2200g,
If current weight is over If current weight
Ø Term
and the birth weight was <1200
2200-3000, and the
is >2200g and
Formula *
g or infant has BPD
baby’s weight is
above the
Ø Enfamil Premature 24 A+ <10%ile on Fenton
10%ile on
while in hospital
growth chart
Fenton growth
Ø Enfamil A +
chart
If the current weight is >3.0kg or
Enfacare
Ø Term
the infant is ready for discharge.
Formula *
Ø Enfamil A + Enfacare
*Term Formulas: Enfamil A+, Similac Advance Nestle Goodstart
Parents may choose formula they wish to use, if no preference, use Enfamil A+ (contract)
Nutrient Composition of Fortified Human Milk / Enfamil Premature A+
per 100 mL
Nutrient
Unfortified Fortified Fortified
Enfamil
1:50
1:25
Premature
A+ 24
Energy (kcal/100 mL)
67
73
80
80
Protein – g
1.3
1.85
2.4
2.4
Calcium - mmol
0.63
1.8
2.9
3.3
Phosphorus – mmol
0.47
1.3
2.1
2.2
Vitamin A – IU
200
675
1150
1010
Vitamin D – IU
8
83
158
195
Sodium – mmol
1.2
1.5
1.9
2
Potassium - mmol
1.6
1.8
2
2
Iron – mg
0.09
0.81
1.53
1.46
Vitamin / Mineral Supplements using Enfamil HMF or Enfamil
Premature Formula
Vitamin D 400 units every Monday, Wednesday and Friday until weight
approximate 1500g, then discontinue
MacPeds Survival Guide
97
NICU NUTRITION GUIDELINES (CONTINUED)
TOTAL PARENTAL NUTRITION (TPN) IN NICU – SUMMARY GUIDELINES
Starting TPN
Infants < 1500 g à Start on modified TPN on admission to NICU
Neostarter (D10W + Protein [1.5g/kg] + Calcium [1mmol/kg] @ 50 cc/kg/day) on Day 1 and TPN by
24-48 hours of age
Infants > 1500 g à Start on TPN by 48-72 hr of age if NOT expected to be enterally fed by 72 hr
Stopping TPN: TPN may be discontinued when an infant is tolerating 75% (or 120 mL/kg/d) of
full enteral feeds
Writing TPN Orders
• Determine total fluid available for TPN. (Total fluid intake minus fluid for IV lines /
medications)
• Determine flow rate required to provide desired amount of lipid (see summary).
• The remaining fluid should be used for amino acid / dextrose solution (see summary)
Monitoring TPN (TPN) Bloodwork
For infants who have been on TPN > 48 hours; Every Monday (‘Week’ represents week of the month)
Lab \
Week à 1 2 3 4 5
Every Thursday: electrolytes (Na, K), Glucose*, Triglycerides (until
Electrolytes: Na, K
x x x X x
tolerating full dose)
Glucose*
x x x X x
Trace Elements: if on long term TPN, once direct bili > 50 mmol/L
Triglycerides
x x x X x
send serum for trace elements (Zn, Cu, Se , Mn) – 0.6 mL
Urea / Creat
x
x
Ferritin: Infants > 6 weeks of age on TPN, check serum ferritin
Ca / P
x
x
before adding iron
Bili
x
X x
*send urine for glucose if PCX > 10 mmol/L
AST / ALT
x
X
Albumin
X
MacPeds Survival Guide
98
NICU NUTRITION GUIDELINES (CONTINUED)
TOTAL PARENTAL NUTRITION (TPN) IN NICU – SUMMARY GUIDELINES
(A) Macronutrients
Dextrose
Prescription
mg/kg/min
g/kg/day
Initial dose
Average Daily Increase
Maximum dose
4–6
0.5 - 1.0
11 – 13
6-9
0.7 - 1.4
16 - 19
Energy Value: 3.4 kcal/g (0.67 kcal/mmol)
Conversions: 1 mmol = 0.2 g = 200 mg
Comments: For peripheral parenteral nutrition, the
osmolar load from dextrose should not exceed
500 mmol/L (D10W) unless necessary to maintain
euglycemia (max D12.5W)
Protein
Prescription
Source: Primene 10%
Initial dose *
Avg. daily increase
Maximum usual dose
MacPeds Survival Guide
g/kg/day
1.5
1.0
3.0 - 3.5**
Energy Value: 4.0 kcal/g; 16.7 kJ/g
For infants < 1500 g à Start on modified TPN à
Neostarter (D10W + Protein + Calcium) 50 cc/kg/day on NICU
admission and TPN by 24-48 hours of age, with other IVs
**3 g/kg/day acceptable for term infants
Monitor / reassess maximum protein dose:
• Renal Failure
• Hepatic Failure
• Elevated Serum Urea
99
NICU NUTRITION GUIDELINES (CONTINUED)
TOTAL PARENTAL NUTRITION (TPN) IN NICU – SUMMARY GUIDELINES
(A) Macronutrients (Continued)
Lipid
Prescription
Source: Clinoleic 20%
Initial Dose (g/kg/day)
Full PN
< 50% PN
By 24-48 hr of age
0.5 - 1.0 g/kg/day
0.5-1 g/kg/d
Average Daily Increase
(g/kg/day)
Maximum Dose (1)
2.5-3.5 g/kg/day
1-2 g/kg/day
(g/kg/day)
Energy Value: 20% - 2 kcal / mL; 8.4 kJ / mL
Conversions: 20% - 0.2 g fat / mL
Cautions:
• For infants with worsening acute lung disease or hyperbilirubinemia (unconjugated),
Hold lipid at 0.5 - 1.0 g/kg/day until clinical condition improves
• Sepsis - decrease lipid to 1 g/kg/day for first 24 - 48 hr and then increase as tolerated to full rates
Monitor / reassess:
• Triglycerides (TG) every Tuesday and Friday until tolerating maximum dose, then every Tuesday
Interpretation: (<2mmol//L is acceptable)
• Consider restrict lipid for infants with cholestasis. Consider Omegavan for infants with Short Bowel
Syndrome if conjugated bilirubin consistently above 100 mmol/L (Use requires approval for special
access from Health Canada)
MacPeds Survival Guide
100
NICU NUTRITION GUIDELINES (CONTINUED)
TOTAL PARENTAL NUTRITION (TPN) IN NICU – SUMMARY GUIDELINES
(B) Micronutrients
(1) Actual requirements for sodium may be
significantly higher in the first two weeks of life,
depending on urinary losses.
(2) Due to the limits of solubility of calcium and
phosphorus in amino acid solutions, the
maximum dose of 15 mmol of calcium and
phosphorus per litre of amino acid solution can
only be attained if the total amino acid
concentration is 30 g/L or higher. Otherwise,
precipitation of calcium and phosphorus may
occur.
Caution: do not add phosphorus to TPN unless
there is at least 1 g/kg amino acids added to the
solution. Normal molar ratio of Ca:P is 1:1. Use
caution if unequal amounts of calcium and
phosphorus added to TPN solution.
Minerals (Maintenance intakes for stable, growing infants)
Usual Dose
Term Infants > 3kg
(mmol/kg/day) (mmol/kg/day)
Sodium
2 - 4 (1)
2
Potassium
2
2
Magnesium
0.2
0.2
Calcium
1 - 1.5 (2)
1
Phosphorus 1 - 1.5 (2)
1
Vitamins
Source: MVI Pediatric (MVI Ped)
Dosage: Initiate at 24-48 hr of age <1kg- 1.5ml
1-3kg- 3.25ml
>3kg- 5ml
Trace Elements
Source:
mcg / mL à
Zinc Copper Selenium Chromium Manganese Iodine
Dose
Neo Trace Element Mix
425
19
2
0.2
1
1
1 mL/kg up 3 mL
Liver Mix*
300
10
2
0.2
1
1 mL/kg up 10 mL
*To be used when direct bilirubin > 50 mmol/L; Send blood for trace elements when changed to Liver Mix
Iron : 0.1-0.2 mg/kg (Initiate at 6 weeks of age for infants on TPN if ferritin <500)
MacPeds Survival Guide
101
NICU NUTRITION GUIDELINES (CONTINUED)
VITAMIN/MINERAL SUPPLEMENTS IN NICU – SUMMARY GUIDELINES
Vitamins
Prescription
Feeding
Unfortified EBM
Fortified (1:25) EBM
Tri-Vi-Sol
0.5 mL BID
None
D-Drops
Preterm Infants
none
In Hospital
400 units MWF
until 1500 g
(< 2000 grams)
Enfamil Prem 24
None
400 units MWF
Until 1500 g
Term Infant
EBM
none
400 units daily
Formula
none
none
Preterm Infants
Human Milk or
Intake < 800 mL/day – 0.5-1.0 mL daily None
After
Term Infant Formula
Intake > 800 mL/day - none
1.0 mL OD
Discharge Home
(human milk only)
1.0 mL Tri-Vi-Sol contains: 10 ug (400 IU) Vitamin D, 450 ug (1500 IU) Vitamin A, 30 mg Vitamin C
1 drop D drops contains : 400 IU vitamin D
Iron (Fe)
Prescription: Ferrous Sulfate (1.0 mL = 15 mg elemental Fe)
Preterm infants in hospital
@ 4-6 weeks of age: 0.1 ml
1.5 mg
Doses Available:
0.2 ml
3 mg
0.3 ml
4.5 mg
Preterm Infants after discharge
Prescription: Fer-In-Sol (Mead Johnson) (1.0 mL = 15 mg elemental Fe)
(See Notes below)
< 3-4 kg
0.5 mL OD (7.5 mg)
> 3-4 kg
1.0 mL OD (15 mg)
1. P-RNI for iron: 2-4 mg/kg/day up to max. 15 mg elemental iron given as ferrous sulfate supplement or iron fortified formula.
(Birth Weight < 1 kg: 3-4 mg/kg/day; > 1 kg: 2-3 mg/kg/day)
2. Prescription amounts above are given as elemental iron (check dosage on product used). (1 mg elemental iron =5mg ferrous
sulfate) Note- Preterm formula (Enfamil Premature A+ 24) and Enfamil HMF are iron fortified. Dose of iron should be adjusted based
on iron received from feeds
MacPeds Survival Guide
102
q Charlton Campus
q King Campus
q West 5th Campus
GROUP B STREP (GBS) PROTOCOL
FOR HEALTHY NEONATES
GREATER THAN 35 WEEKS
PLEASE CIRCLE ALL APPROPRIATE BOXES
Maternal GBS Status
Negative
Positive
Unknown
Intrapartum
Risk Factors Present?
Routine Clinical
Care
Delivery at less than 37 weeks
Rupture of Membranes (ROM) greater than or equal to 18 hrs
Intrapartum maternal temp greater than or equal to 38oC
Previous infant with invasive GBS
GBS bacteriuria in current
pregnancy
YES
NO
If elective C/S,
NO ROM,
NO labour,
regardless of
GBS status
Appropriate
IV Antibiotics
YES
Less than
37 weeks
OR
ROM greater
than 18 hours
NO
NO
Observe for
48 hrs **
YES
CBC & diff at 12 hrs
Results called to:
_____________
FOOTNOTES:
1.
2.
3.
at ________ hrs
Any neonate with signs of neonatal sepsis requires a full diagnostic evaluation by Pediatrics.
Babies born to mothers with diagnosed chorioamnionitis require diagnostic evaluation and treatment by a Pediatrician.
The ** denote ‘if greater than 37 weeks gestation, observation may occur at home after 24 hours if other discharge criteria
have been met and the caregivers are able to comply fully with instructions for home observation. If any of these conditions
are not met, the baby should be observed until at least 48 hours and until discharge criteria are met.
Birthing Unit Printed Nurse:
I:T ratio ______
Observe greater than
or equal to 48 hrs
___________________________ Signature:_____________________ Initials:______ Discipline:_______
Maternal
Child Unit Printed Nurse:________________________ Signature:_____________________ Initials:______Discipline:_______
MacPeds Survival Guide
103
PD 7767 (2011-11) HIM
Page 1 of 2
Recommended Regimens for Intrapartum Antimicrobial Prophylaxis for Prevention
of Perinatal GBS
Recommended:
 Penicillin G 5 million units IV initial dose, then 2.5 million units IV every 4 hours until delivery
 Alternative: Ampicillin 2g IV, followed by 1g q4h, until delivery
Q If Penicillin ALLERGY: Recommended Intrapartum Antibiotic Prophylaxis
LOW risk for anaphylaxis:
(no history of anaphylaxis, angioedema,
respiratory distress or urticaria)
HIGH risk for anaphylaxis:
 If GBS sensitive to Clindamycin AND Erythromycin
(must be sensitive to both)
 Cefazolin 2g IV, followed by 1 g q8h
until delivery
 Clindamycin 900 mg IV q8h, until delivery
 If GBS not sensitive (or unknown) to Clindamycin AND
Erythromycin (must be sensitive to both to use Clindamycin)
 Vancomycin 1 g IV, q12h until delivery
Note: Erythromycin is NOT an acceptable choice
History of Penicillin allergy should be assessed to determine whether a high risk for anaphylaxis is present. Penicillin
allergic patients at high risk for anaphylaxis are those who have experienced immediate hypersensitivity to Penicillin
including a history of Penicillin related anaphylaxis: other high risk patients include those with asthma or other
diseases that would make anaphylaxis more dangerous to treat, such as persons being treated with beta 2 adrenergic
blocking agents.
Clindamycin and Erythromycin susceptibility testing should be performed.
Special considerations:
Preterm Pre-labour Rupture of Membranes (PPROM):
Suggested approach as per CDC Guidelines:
 Obtain GBS swab. Treat for GBS (as well as other indications) for
48 hours, then again intrapartum if swab positive
 Antimicrobial prophylaxis treatment options at time of PPROM
diagnosis are:
 Ampicillin IV for 48 hours, then oral Erythromycin
 Penicillin G for 48 hours AND oral Erythromycin
Note: With respect to neonatal surveillance, there is no standardized
data regarding the adequacy of intrapartum prophylaxis for antibiotics
other than Penicillin G, Ampicillin or Cefazolin.
Warning Signs when assessing
the Newborn CBC:
 WBC of 5.0 × 109/ L or lower:
10% - 20% probability of sepsis
(Pediatric Child Health Vol 12
No 10 Dec, 2007)
 WBC of 30 × 109/ L or greater
 Immature to mature polymorph
cell ratio (I/T ratio) greater than
0.2 or ʻleft shiftʼ
 Absolute polymorph cell count of
less than 1.5 × 109/ L
To calculate the I/T ratio:
immature cells
ex. blast, myelocytes, metamyelocytes, bands (whichever of these exist)
immature + mature
immature + mature
MacPeds Survival Guide
PD 7767 (2011-11) HIM
Anything greater
than 0.2 indicates
sepsis
104
Page 2 of 2
Care of the Newborn Medical Directive
Group B Streptococcus (GBS) Management Guidelines
MATERNAL CONSIDERATIONS: Women with GBS bacteriuria in the current pregnancy or who had a prior newborn with invasive GBS disease
do not need to be screened and will require intrapartum prophylaxis. Screening of all other women at 35 to 37 weeks gestation, including women
planning elective CS is recommended. Antepartum treatment of GBS colonization is not justified with the exception of urinary tract infection. For
women with positive GBS and prelabour rupture of membranes at term, induction of labour is recommended.
NEWBORN: No protocol prevents all GBS morbidity or mortality. Ongoing newborn assessment and timely interventions should not be limited by
these guidelines. If at any point the newborn shows signs of sepsis (i) Notify the MRP (ii) Obtain a Pediatric consult for a full diagnostic
evaluation and initiation of antibiotic therapy. If a second CBC is to be drawn, consider ordering a CRP (C-Reactive Protein).
Mother:
•
•
•
•
Mother:
is delivered by elective C/S
has not laboured
has not ruptured membranes
regardless of GBS status
Mother:
• Has fever^ and high
suspicion of
chorioamnionitis*
regardless of GBS status
• has laboured (latent or active)
or
• has ruptured membranes
*
GBS status:
UNKNOWN
GBS status:
NEGATIVE
Mother:
• Has fever alone ^
regardless of GBS
status
GBS status:
POSITIVE
Are there any
MATERNAL RISK FACTORS?
No
• Rupture of membranes (ROM)
greater than 18 h
• Gestational age less than 37 wks
• GBS bacteriuria in current
pregnancy
• Previous infant with invasive GBS
infection
• Maternal fever greater than or
equal to 38oC
No action
required for
newborn
= Mother
= Newborn
Yes
Mother received at
least one dose greater
than or equal to 4 h
prior to delivery?
^Fever = temperature greater
than or equal to 38° C
of Chorioamnionitis:
*Signs/Symptoms
• fever greater than or equal to 38° C
• tender uterus
• purulent/foul smelling amniotic fluid
†ACCEPTABLE
Yes
No action
required for
newborn
Yes
Mother has
received
Pen G or
†acceptable
antibiotic
No
Newborn CBC,diff,
septic workup and
antibiotic therapy
x minimum 36 h in
Level II/NICU
Newborn vital
signs at 9 h;
CBC and diff at
12 h
Determine gestation
and length of ROM
Newborn is greater than
or equal to 37 wks AND
ROM less than 18 h
Observe newborn 48 h or longer; may be
discharged in 24 h if discharge criteria are met
and family has immediate access to care
Newborn is less than 37 wks
OR ROM greater than or
equal to 18 h
Newborn vital signs at 9 h;
CBC and diff at 12 h;
observe minimum 48 h
ANTIBIOTICS
Preferred (narrow spectrum):
Penicillin G five million units IV, then 2.5 million q4h, until delivery
Alternative:
Ampicillin 2g IV, followed by 1g q4h, until delivery
If Penicillin ALLERGY:
Recommended Intrapartum Antibiotic Prophylaxis
LOW risk for anaphylaxis:
• Cefazolin 2 g IV, followed by 1 g q8h until delivery
References
Verani,J; McGee, L., Schrag, S.(2010) Prevention of Perinatal Group B Streptococcal
Disease, revised guidelines from CDC, 2010 ,MMWR vol 59.RR-10.
SOGC, (2011-2012) ALARM Course Manual, 18th edition, SOGC Ottawa June 2011.
HIGH risk for anaphylaxis:
• GBS sensitive to Clindamycin and Erythromycin (must be sensitive to both to use either)
• Clindamycin 900 mg IV q8h, until delivery (Clindamycin. not Erythromycin. is recommended) CDC 2010
• GBS not sensitive
(or unknown)
to Clindamycin and Erythromycin (must be sensitive to both to use either)
MacPeds Survival
Guide
• Vancomycin 1 g IV, q12h until delivery
105
Sept 19 2011 LY SD
HYPOGLYCEMIA GUIDELINES FOR THE AT-RISK
NEWBORN
Signs and Symptoms of Hypoglycemia:
• Limpness, lethargy, hypotonia
• Jitteriness, tremors
• Difficulty feeding, refusal to feed
• Episodes of cyanosis
• Eye rolling
• Convulsions
• Sweating, sudden pallor
• Apnea
• Cardiac arrest
• Tachypnea
• Weak or high-pitched cry
Risk Factors for Hypoglycemia
• Maternal hypertension treated with beta-blockers
• Any maternal diabetes (gestational, Type I or II, with or without
insulin)
• Preterm – less than 37-0/7 weeks
• Cold stress – Hypothermia: Temp (Axillary) < 36.5 °C
• Newborns with medical conditions (eg. respiratory distress, sepsis)
• SGA < 5th percentile for birth weight and gestational age
• LGA > 95th percentile for birth weight and gestational age
References:
Kramer et al. (2001). It is recognized that these weights deviate from the CPS Guidelines
(2005) of the 10th and 90th percentile cut-offs for birth weight at term.
ACoRN – Acute Care of at-Risk Newborns. (2005)
Canadian Pediatric Society. Screening Guidelines for Newborns at Risk for Low Blood
Glucose. Pediatrics and Child Health. (2004).
MacPeds Survival Guide
106
HYPOGLYCEMIA GUIDELINES FOR THE AT-RISK
NEWBORN
Note:
1. Ongoing newborn assessment and timely interventions should not be limited by these
guidelines. If at any point the newborn is symptomatic or otherwise unwell, notify the Family
Physician or Midwife who may then choose to consult a Pediatrician.
2. If baby is unable to feed at any point in these guidelines, notify the Family Physician or
Midwife. He/she will then assess the need for consult/transfer of care to a Pediatrician.
* When the need for MD Protocol A or B arises, if not already in place, the Family Physician
or Midwife will consult/transfer care to a Pediatrician.
MacPeds Survival Guide
107
MD Protocol A
Start Infusion with D10W @
80cc/kg/day (5.5 mg glucose/kg/min)
Check WBG after 30
Minutes
WBG < 1.8
WBG > 2.6
WBG 1.8-2.5
Go to MD protocol B
MacPeds Survival Guide
Increase IV infusion to 6-8
mg/kg/min, Check BG in half
hour, then every 2 hours. May
start to wean IV 12 hours after
stable BG is and feeding
established.
Continue checking BG
every 2 hours. May start to
wean IV 12 hours after
stable WBG and feeding is
108
MD Protocol B
Consider 200mg/kg (2cc/kg) D10W bolus,
IV infusion of 6-8 mg/kg/min
Recheck WBG in ½ hour
BG <1.8
BG > 2.6
BG 1.8-2.5
Bolus 200mg/kg (2cc/kg)
D10W and Increase infusion
to 8-10 mg/kg/min
Increase infusion to 810 mg/kg/min
Continue checking BG
every 2 hours. May start to
wean IV 12 hours after
stable BG and feeding is
established.
Recheck BG in ½ hour, then
hourly, May wean IV once BG
stable for 12 hours
Consider glucagon and increase
infusion to 10-15 mg/kg/min if
continued low WBG
MacPeds Survival Guide
109
Remember for care of baby in NICU or SCN
ƒ Frequent boluses of D10W will induce an insulin surge and rebound hypoglycemia. It is
recommended that a maximum of 2 boluses of D10W be used.
ƒ Consider daily maintenance of fluid. Once reaching 120 cc/kg/day, in the first 24 hours of
life, consider switching to D12.5W/D15W in order to increase glucose concentration but
maintain fluid status. A central line must be used when infusing glucose > D12.5W.
ƒ When considering glucagon, think hypopituitarism, hyperinsulinism or a metabolic defect.
When the blood sugar is < 1.8mmol/l, get a critical sample of glucose, insulin, GH,
cortisol, T4, TSH, gas, lactate and urinary ketones also consider plasma ketones,
pyruvate, FFA, organic and amino acids prior to starting glucagon.
ƒ Glucagon 0.3 mg/kg/dose bolus not to exceed 1 mg total dose OR continuous infusion of
1mg/day (to a maximum of 2mg/day). Add 1 mg to 24 ml of D10W and run at 1ml/hour
through a separate IV line.
ƒ Glucose monitoring should be q ½ hour to q1hour until stable then q3-4hours.
ƒ May start weaning IV 12 hours after stable BG and feeding is established. When weaning
glucose, wean slowly. Wean the concentration of the glucose to D10W first, which will
decrease the rate of glucose infused then wean the rate to 4-6mg/kg/min (1cc q1-4hours
depending on the initial severity of the hypoglycemia) and finally the glucagon. Wean
glucagon 0.1cc every 6-12 hours depending on the initial severity of the hypoglycemia.
ƒ If hypoglycemia is resistant to treatment or unable to wean off the glucagon, consult
endocrinology before instituting further therapies. Consider Diazoxide 8-15 mg/kg/day
p.o. TID -QID Hydrocortisone 5 mg/kg/day IV QID or Prednisone 2mg/kg/day p.o..
ƒ Remember severe and persistent hypoglycemia may be associated with a significant risk
for short and long-term morbidity and mortality. Thus prompt recognition and treatment
is essential.
D10W = 10 gms / 100ml
= 10,000mg / 100ml
= 100mg / ml
Example:
To give a 3 kg child 5 mg / kg / min
1. 5mg / kg / min x 3 kg = 15 mg / min
2. 15 mg / min x 60 min = 900 mg / hour
3. D10W has 100 mg / ml, so 900 mg / hour = 9 cc / hour
4. Therefore, to give a child of 3 kg, 5 mg / kg / min of glucose, run D10W at 9 cc /
hour.
MacPeds Survival Guide
110
Hypoglycemia Algorithm_Layout 1 13-03-28 10:37 AM Page 1
Hypoglycemia Guidelines
for the at-Risk Newborn
Newborn
Newborn
baby
baby
Symptomatic
Symptomatic
A
symptomatic
Asymptomatic
The bab
y
baby
DOES SHO
W
SHOW
symptoms
signs/ symptoms
hypoglycemia or
of hypoglycemia
appears UNWELL
appears
r
r
r
r
baby DOES NOT
NOT
The baby
SHO
W signs/ ssymptoms
ymptoms
SHOW
of h
ypoglycemia or
hypoglycemia
appear
sw
ell
appears
well
baby
have
any
Does bab
y ha
ve an
y RISK
hypoglycemia?
ffactors
actors ffor
or h
ypoglycemia?
chartt belo
below)
(see char
w)
eds
Notify P
Peds
ely
immediat
immediately
Chec
Check
k WBG
immediat
ely
immediately
Investigate
Investigate cause
underlying
Rx under
lying
condition
1.
WBG less
than 1.0
1.0
Notify Peds
Peds
immediatley
immediatley
2.
1.0 – 1.7
1.7
WBG 1.0
Asymptomatic
Asymptomatic
give 5-10
5-10 ml/kg
ml/kg
give
(Use
EBM/formula)
EBM/formula)
Maternal hypertension treated with beta blockers, including single dose
Any maternal diabetes (gestational, Type I, or II, with or without insulin)
SGA - less than 5th percentile
LGA - greater than 95th percentile
Preterm - less than 37 0/7 weeks
Cold stress - Hypothermia - axilla temperature less than 36.5C
Newborns with medical conditions, eg. respiratory distress, sepsis
Do PC WBG (I hour fr
from
om
time ffeed
eed ffinished)
inished) If
greater than or equal
greater
to 2.6 go to
to box
box 4
to
WBG Remains
Remains
less than 1.8
1.8
Notify Peds.
Peds.
NICU will initiate
initiate
Protocol
Protocol A
e 5-10
5-10 ml/kg
WBG 1
.8 - 2.5 giv
1.8
give
ml/kg
(use EBM/f
ormula) Do PC
EBM/formula)
WBG 1 hour
hour.. If less than 2.6
eater than or
call MRP
P. If gr
re
MRP.
greater
equal tto
o 2.6 do AC
AC WBG
q2-3 hr until 2 consecutiv
e
consecutive
A
C WBG ar
e 2.6 or g
reater.
AC
are
greater.
If WBG ar
e less than 2.6
are
advise MRP
P.
MRP.
4.
greater than or
WBG greater
to 2.6:
equal to
baby LGA
LGA or IDM
A) If baby
AC WBG for
for 2
Do AC
consectutiv
e feeds.
feeds. If
consectutive
greater than or equal tto
o
greater
2.6 do 1 mor
e AC
AC WBG
more
at 1
2hrs of age then st
op
12hrs
stop
(unless concer
ns)
concerns)
B) If baby
baby SGA
SGA or late
late
preterm,
preterm, do AC
AC WBG for
for
2 consecutive
consecutive feeds.
feeds. If
greater
greater than or equal to
to
2.6 repeat
repeat WBG at
12hrs, at 24 hrs
hrs and at
12hrs,
hrs of age
36 hrs
For all other babies
C) For
AC WBG until 2
Do AC
consecutiv
e AC
AC WGB
consecutive
chec
ks (including the
checks
first WBG) ar
e greater
greater
first
are
than or equal tto
o 2.6
SGA = less than 5th percentile for birth weight and gestational age
LGA = greater than 95th percentile for birth weight and gestational age
Gestation
•
•
•
•
•
•
Weak or high-pitched cry
Limpness, lethargy, hypotonia
Difficulty feeding, refusal to feed
Eye rolling
Sweating, sudden pallor
Cardiac arrest
36
37
38
39
40
MD = Medical Doctor
MW = Midwife
PC = After feeds
IDM = Infant of a Diabetic Mother
LGA = Large for Gestational Age
MacPeds Survival Guide
Male
Weight in gm
(complete
weekly)
Signs and Symptoms of Hypoglycemia
Legend:
WBG = whole blood glucose
MRP - Most Responsible Physician
AC = Before feeds
EBM = Express Breast Milk
SGA = Small for Gestational Age
3.
greater
WBG greater
to
than or equal to
1.8 to
to 2.5
1.8
Asymptomatic,
Asymptomatic,
Observe
Observe and
assist with
feed
feed Now
Now
If at an
anytime
ytime A
AC
C WBG is not gr
greater
eater than or equal tto
o 2.6 go tto
o bo
box
x 1, 2 or 3.
Risk Factors for Hypoglycemia
Jitteriness, termors
Episodes of cyanosis
Convulsions
Apnea
Tachypnea
eed on
R
outine car
e and ffeed
Routine
care
demand as long as bab
babyy
rremains
emains w
ell
well
R
Routine
outine car
care,
e, ffeed
eed within ffirst
irst hour and WBG at 2 hour
hours
s post bir
birth
th
References:
• ACoRN - Acute Care of at-Risk Newborns (2005)
• Canadian Pediatrics Society. Screening Guidelines for
Newborns at Risk for Low Blood Glucose.
Pediatrics and Child Health (2004).
•
•
•
•
•
no
yes
y
ye
s
Peds
Peds will:
r Investigate
Investigate cause
r Test
Te
est underlying
under
un lying conditions
r Consider
Consider use of MD
protocol
protocol A*.B* based on
newborn
newborn condition and
causative
causative factors
factors
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
If at an
y time 3 WBG A
C or PC
any
AC
less than 2.6 call MRP
41
42
Female
Weight in gm
SGA
LGA
SGA
LGA
Less than or
equal to 2144
Less than or
equal to 2384
Less than or
equal to 2605
Less than or
equal to 2786
Less than or
equal to 2927
Less than or
equal to 3025
Less than or
equal to 3070
Greater than or
equal to 3604
Greater than or
equal to 3857
Greater than or
equal to 4065
Greater than or
equal to 4232
Greater than or
equal to 4382
Greater than or
equal to 4512
Greater than or
equal to 4631
Less than or
equal to 2052
Less than or
equal to 2286
Less than or
equal to 2502
Less than or
equal to 2680
Less than or
equal to 2814
Less than or
equal to 2906
Less than or
equal to 2954
Greater than or
equal to 3523
Greater than or
equal to 3752
Greater than or
equal to 3931
Greater than or
equal to 4076
Greater than or
equal to 4212
Greater than or
equal to 4330
Greater than or
equal to 4423
111
Physician/Midwife
Information Package
Hyperbilirubinemia
The Prevention of Severe Hyperbilirubinemia
in
Late Preterm Infants 35 – 37 6/7 Weeks’ Gestation
and
Term Infants 38 and More Weeks’ Gestation
Based on the Canadian Paediatric Society position statement: Guidelines for detection,
management and prevention of hyperbilirubinemia in term and late preterm newborn infants
(35 or more weeks’ gestation). Fetus and Newborn Committee, Canadian Pediatric Society
(CPS), Pediatrics and Child Health 2007; 12(5): 1B-12B.
Prepared by: Laurie Yamamoto, RN, MHSc
Obstetrical Project Co-ordinator
Hamilton Health Sciences
In Consultation with: Dr. Sandra Seigel
Deputy Chief of Pediatrics
McMaster Children’s Hospital
St. Joseph’s Healthcare
March 2007
Revised: January 2009
June 2010
MacPeds Survival Guide
112
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1) Bloodwork Related to Hyperbilirubinemia……………….………………………………..3
2) Risk Factors For Severe Hyperbilirubinemia……………………………..………….......6
- Major Risk Factors
- Minor Risk Factors
3) Clinical Patterns of Hyperbilirubinemia……………………………………….………......7
-
Pathologic Jaundice
-
Physiologic Jaundice
-
Breastfeeding and Jaundice
4) Signs and Symptoms of Hyperbilirubinemia Requiring Medical Investigation…..……8
5) Hour-Specific Bilirubin Nomograms ………………………………………..……………..9
- Late Preterm vs. Term Infants……………………………………………..…..…….9
- Bilirubin Nomogram for the Initiation of Phototherapy in the Newborn Infant
35 or More Weeks of Gestation……………………………………………….……10
- Intensive Phototherapy ………………………………….……………….….……..11
- Total Serum Bilirubin Screening Assessment Nomogram .……………….…….12
- Response to Results of Total Serum Bilirubin Screening…….….……13
- Coombs Test Algorithm……………………………………………………14
- Bilirubin Nomogram for Exchange Transfusion……………………….………….17
6) Universal Screening for Total Serum Bilirubin……………………………..……..……..15
7) Key Recommendations (Risk Reduction Strategies) for the Prevention of
Hyperbilirubinemia …………………………………………………………………….…18
8) Appendices
Appendix 1……………………………………………………………………………...19
Appendix 1……………………………………………………………………………...20
Appendix 1……………………………………………………………………………...21
9) References………………………………………………………………………..…………22
MacPeds Survival Guide
113
BLOODWORK
Total Serum Bilirubin (TSB)
The Total Serum Bilirubin in the body is a sum of the unconjugated and conjugated bilirubin
and other bilirubin compounds at different stages of metabolism. At any specific age, the total
bilirubin load is distributed in several components of the newborn’s body, such as the plasma,
liver, skin, red blood cells, brain and the phospholipid membranes.
When the total bilirubin load accumulates to a high enough level to cross the blood-brain
barrier, then neurologic toxicity, or acute bilirubin encephalopathy (ABE), can result. It is the
total serum bilirubin (TSB) level, based on age in hours, which is used clinically (the gold
standard) as a threshold to determine if intervention (eg. phototherapy, exchange transfusion)
is required.
TSB LAB INFO:
Inpatient TSBs:
TSBs ordered on Wards 4C MUMC / 3OBS St. Joe’s (inpatient) – results will be available on
Meditech and sent to ward via printer; nurses will be responsible for notifying the ordering
physician or midwife of the results. If the physician/midwife has not received the result within a
reasonable timeframe, he/she she should call the inpatient unit seeking the result
BANA Clinic TSBs:
TSBs ordered in St. Joseph’s BANA clinic – results will be available on Meditech and sent to
the BANA clinic via printer; the LC in the BANA clinic will be responsible for notifying the
ordering physician / MW or the person whom they are signed out to
Outpatient Lab TSBs / Follow-up TSBs in the community:
Parents should NOT be directed to take their baby to a community lab for a follow-up TSB.
These labs may not have techs who are certified to do heel pokes and the turnaround time for
results may be anywhere from 24 hours to 3-4 days.
Follow-up TSBs may be done at:
- the MUMC out-patient lab Monday to Friday – please ensure that the family goes
early in the day so that the TSB result can be obtained from the lab THE SAME day
- the St. Joseph’s outpatient lab
The ordering physician / MW should order the TSB as a stat blood test and MUST write his/her
contact information on the lab requisition which clearly indicates whom the lab is to call the
TSB result to
and
the ordering physician or midwife should also be responsible for obtaining the TSB result by
calling the MUMC outpatient lab at 905-521-2100 x75022 or x76303 or the St. Joseph’s
outpatient lab at 905-522-1155 x33401.
MacPeds Survival Guide
114
Direct Bilirubin
This is a measure of the newborn’s conjugated bilirubin level. If the TSB is at or below 85
µmol/L, a direct (or conjugated) bilirubin of more than 17.1 µmol/L is generally considered
abnormal. For TSB values higher than 85 µmol/L, a direct bilirubin of more than 20% of the
TSB is considered abnormal. Elevated conjugated bilirubin levels are never normal and may
be indicative of cholestasis. Also, consider liver and biliary tract disease. Also, a urinalysis
and urine culture should be considered. Cases of urinary tract infections have been reported
with severe hyperbilirubinemia.
Blood Type and Coombs (DAT) Test
Infants with ABO or Rh incompatibilities may develop severe hyperbilirubinemia within the first
24 hours after birth. Increased hemolysis results from maternal antibodies reacting with fetal
and neonatal antigens. Rh incompatibilities may occur when the infant is Rh positive and the
mother is Rh negative. ABO incompatibilities may occur when the infant has type A or B
blood, and the mother has type O. Less frequently, incompatibilities of minor group blood
types may lead to significant hemolysis. Testing all infants whose mothers are group O does
not improve outcomes compared with testing only those with clinical jaundice. CPS, June 2007
Guidelines for ordering Coombs test are outlined in the Total Serum Bilirubin Response Tables
(see page 13) and the Coombs Test Algorithm (see page 14).
G6PD Deficiency (Glucose-6-Phosphate Dehydrogenase)
Infants who lack the G6PD enzyme have a diminished ability to conjugate bilirubin,
G6PD deficiency is frequently associated with severe hyperbilirubinemia and may be the
cause of kernicterus in up to 35% of cases. When babies are positive for G6PD deficiency,
TSB levels can rise exponentially. (Dr. S. Seigel, Sept. 2007), ie. can see dramatically fast
rises in TSB levels.
Infants whose ethnic group or family history suggest an increased risk of G6PD deficiency
have ancestral origins from regions including:
At risk ethnic origin for G6PD deficiency:
o
o
o
o
South and East Asian
African
Mediterranean
Middle Eastern
Note: Health professionals should keep in mind that immigration and intermarriage have
changed G6PD deficiency into a global issue.
o Testing for G6PD deficiency should be considered in all infants from at risk ethnic origin
who have severe hyperbilirubinemia as evidenced by:
-
TSB levels in the high-intermediate or high risk zones
-
rapidly rising TSB level
MacPeds Survival Guide
115
-
jaundice at less than 24 hours of age
-
not responding well to phototherapy. (ie. TSB levels continue to rise after initiation of
intensive phototherapy or do not decrease within 4-6 hours of initiation of intensive
phototherapy)
o It is reasonable to initiate phototherapy at lower TSB concentrations when a newborn is
G6PD deficient (ie. a positive G6PD deficiency test or positive family history) because they
are more likely to progress to severe hyperbilirubinemia (CPS, 2007)
IMPORTANT NOTE: It should be recognized that in the presence of active hemolysis, G6PD
levels can be overestimated (ie. high false negative/false normal rates). It is still worthwhile
however, to obtain an early G6PD test, as a positive test would indicate that the baby is
deficient of the G6PD enzyme; if a negative test result was obtained, it should be repeated at a
later time because G6PD deficiency is a disease with lifelong implications.
G6PD Lab info:
G6PD deficiency lab testing is not available on weekends or holidays, although G6PD blood
samples may be sent to the MUMC lab at any time.
At St. Joseph’s Healthcare, G6PD blood samples will be sent via regular lab courier to MUMC
lab for routine batch testing q Monday, Wednesday and Friday. G6PD blood samples can be
sent at any day/time (weekends and holidays included – they will be stored in MUMC core lab
until the next batch testing day).
At MUMC, G6PD blood samples will be batch tested q Monday, Wednesday and Friday.
G6PD blood samples can be sent at any day/time (weekends and holidays included – they will
be stored in the core lab until the next batch testing day).
Follow-up of G6PD deficiency blood test results:
It is expected that many G6PD deficiency test results may become available after the baby has
been discharged from hospital.
To ensure follow-up of all G6PD deficiency test results:
•
it is the responsibility of the ordering physician / midwife to ensure or arrange follow-up of
the G6PD deficiency result with the baby’s ongoing care provider in the community.
MacPeds Survival Guide
116
EPIDEMIOLOGIC RISK FACTORS FOR SEVERE HYPERBILIRUBINEMIA
Major Risk Factors (in approximate order of importance)
•
TSB level in the high-risk zone (see Bilirubin Nomogram for Screening Assessment)
•
Jaundice observed in the first 24 hours of age (early onset of hyperbilirubinemia)
•
Blood group incompatibility with positive Coombs, other known hemolytic disease,
eg. G6PD deficiency
•
Gestational age 35 – 37 6/7 weeks
•
Previous sibling received phototherapy
•
Cephalhematoma or significant bruising
•
Exclusive breastfeeding, not going well and weight loss greater than 7% within first
48 h of age, or weight loss greater than 10% after 48 h of age
•
East Asian race (as defined by mother’s description)
There should be heightened vigilance for clinical or visual signs and symptoms of
jaundice if the baby has any Major Risk Factors for severe hyperbilirubinemia
MacPeds Survival Guide
117
CLINICAL PATTERNS OF HYPERBILIRUBINEMIA
Sixty percent of term infants will become clinically jaundiced in the first week of life. In the vast
majority of cases, neonatal jaundice is physiologic, mild, benign, self-limiting and normal. This
“normal” form of neonatal jaundice has been referred to as “physiological jaundice of the newborn”
or “developmental hyperbilirubinemia”. However, in about 2% of jaundiced newborns, the
hyperbilirubinemia is non-physiologic – it is pathologic. In these pathologic cases, the bilirubin
concentrations rise to potentially dangerous levels. Some studies report 85% of newborn readmissions to hospital during the first week of life are because of jaundice.
The clinical challenge is to identify when neonatal jaundice has become non-physiologic and to
implement RISK REDUCTION STRATEGIES in a timely manner to prevent the occurrence of
severe hyperbilirubinemia.
Pathologic Jaundice
Pathologic jaundice is present in the first 24 hours of age. If TSB levels are greater than the 75th
percentile (ie. in the high-intermediate risk zone or higher) at less than 72 hours of age, then the
infant is at particularly high risk for other adverse events because the rate of bilirubin rise has
been so rapid. If the bilirubin continues to rise at the same rate, then the bilirubin levels will
exceed the 95th percentile within the first 7 days of age.
Pathologic jaundice (hyperbilirubinemia) may be related to:
- hemolytic disease: ABO, Rh or minor blood group incompatibilities.
- non-hemolytic disease: extravascular sources, eg. cephalohematoma
- G6PD deficiency – may be the cause of kernicterus in up to 35% of cases - always suspect in
cases of severe hyperbilirubinemia or poor response to phototherapy
- decreased bilirubin conjugation – genetic disorders (Crigler-Najjar, Gilbert
Syndrome), hypothyroidism
- impaired bilirubin excretion – biliary obstruction (biliary atresia), infection, metabolic
disorders, chromosomal abnormalities (Turner’s), drugs (ASA, sulfa, erythromycin)
Physiologic Jaundice
Neonatal hyperbilirubinemia is an almost universal finding during the first week of life. Most
newborns experience a transient elevation of their serum bilirubin and this is termed ‘physiologic
jaundice’. The mechanisms responsible for the slightly elevated TSB levels in these infants are
reflected in a combination of the effects of bilirubin production, conjugation, and enterohepatic
circulation. The factors that affect these processes account for the hyperbilirubinemia in virtually
all newborns. Some infants have a slower rise in their TSB (Total Serum Bilirubin) levels and may
demonstrate severe hyperbilirubinemia after 72 hours of age (usually post-discharge).
Breastfeeding and Jaundice
The jaundice associated with breastfeeding in the first two to four days of life is sometimes called
“breastfeeding jaundice”. Breastfeeding that is not going well, has been identified as one of the
most consistent risk factors for the development of severe hyperbilirubinemia, especially in late
preterm newborns (Watchko, 2006). Breastfeeding jaundice is not associated with increased
bilirubin production. Rather, inadequate breastmilk intake, in addition to contributing to varying
degrees of dehydration and weight loss, acts as a stimulus to increase the enterohepatic
MacPeds Survival Guide
118
Breastfeeding and Jaundice continued
circulation of bilirubin. Earlier studies have shown that the enterohepatic circulation of bilirubin
accounts for up to 50% of the hepatic bilirubin load in newborns. When the hepatic immaturity of
the newborn is considered, particularly in the late preterm newborn, any further increase in the
hepatic bilirubin load will likely result in more marked hyperbilirubinemia (Watchko, 2006).
SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF HYPERBILIRUBINEMIA
REQUIRING MEDICAL INVESTIGATION
•
jaundice in first 24 hours of age
•
excessive level of, or rapid increase in, TSB after 24 hours of age
- TSB level crosses into next highest risk zone on bilirubin nomogram
•
TSB levels not responding to phototherapy (ie. TSB level not decreasing, or TSB level
increasing)
•
•
excessive weight loss
- greater than 7% in first 48 hours
- greater than 10% after 48 hours
pallor
•
vomiting
•
lethargy
•
poor feeding, particularly exclusive breastfeeding not going well
•
hepatosplenomegaly
•
apnea
•
temperature instability
•
tachypnea
MacPeds Survival Guide
119
HOUR-SPECIFIC BILIRUBIN NOMOGRAMS
It is recommended that bilirubin levels in the healthy, late preterm and term infant (35 or more
weeks’ gestation) be interpreted using hour-specific bilirubin nomograms. Based on the
infant’s age in hours, a phototherapy nomogram can be used to plot an infant’s Total Serum
Bilirubin (TSB) level to determine the need to initiate phototherapy treatment in conjunction
with specific risk factors for bilirubin toxicity or, in the absence of clinical signs and symptoms,
to plot an infant’s TSB level prior to discharge to screen for the risk of developing severe
hyperbilirubinemia.
Notes on Late Preterm vs. Term infants as related to
hyperbilirubinemia (as defined by CPS):
When considering hyperbilirubinemia in the newborn infant:
Late Preterm is defined as: 35 – 37 6/7 weeks gestation
Term is defined as: 38 0/7 weeks gestation and older
This is an important factor to consider. Late preterm infants are 2.4 times
more likely to develop clinically significant hyperbilirubinemia and have
significantly higher TSB levels when compared to their term counterparts
and one in every four late preterm infants will require phototherapy (Sarici
2004). Term infants’ bilirubin levels peak between 3-5 days of life whereas
late preterm infants’ bilirubin levels peak between 5-7 days of life. This has
important implications related to timing of the universal TSB screen for late
preterm infants. Readmission rates related to hyperbilirubinemia have been
found to be two to three times higher for late preterm when compared to
term infants (Bhutani 2006).
Included in this learning package are three different hour-specific bilirubin nomograms for
infants 35 or more weeks’ gestation
⇒
Bilirubin Nomogram for Initiation of Phototherapy
- guidelines for initiation of phototherapy
⇒
Total Serum Bilirubin Screening Assessment Nomogram
- guidelines for screening assessment including Coombs’ test results
⇒
Bilirubin Nomogram for Exchange Transfusion
- guidelines for exchange transfusion
MacPeds Survival Guide
120
Hyperbilirubinemia in the Newborn Infant
35 or More Weeks of Gestation
Guidelines for initiation of phototherapy for hyperbilirubinemia.
400
350
Bilirubin umol/L
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
Birth
24
48
Infants at Higher Risk
72
96
Age in hours
Infants at Medium Risk
120
144
168
Infants at Low er Risk
Guidelines for the Initiation of Phototherapy:
Infants at Lower Risk: greater than or equal to 38 weeks and no risk factors
Infants at Medium Risk: greater than or equal to 38 weeks with risk factors
or
35 - 37 6/7 weeks and no risk factors
Infants at Higher Risk: 35 - 37 6/7 weeks with risk factors
Risk Factors for Bilirubin Toxicity for Initiation of Phototherapy:
⇒
ABO or Rh incompatibility: hemolysis due to maternal isoimmunization. (Some other
causes of hemolysis to consider if there is a positive family hx of: G6PD deficiency,
pyruvate kinase deficiency, congenital spherocytosis)
⇒
sepsis, temperature instability, significant lethargy
⇒
need for resuscitation at birth/asphyxia (baby required significant resuscitation and
admission to L2N or NICU at MUMC or to NICU at SJH)
⇒
evidence of metabolic or respiratory acidosis as evidenced by cord gas pH < 7.1
⇒
low serum albumin less than 30g/L (if measured)
Ø Jaundice occurring before 24 hours of age is considered “pathologic” and requires
investigation and consideration for Pediatric consult.
1.
Approach to the management of hyperbilirubinemia in term newborn infants. Canadian Pediatric Society Fetus and Newborn
Committee. Peciatr Chil Health 1999; 4: 161-164.
2.
Adapted from American Academy of Pediatrics. Clinical Practice Guideline: management of hyperbilirubinemia in the newborn
infant 35 or more weeks of gestation. Pediatrics 2004; 114: 297-316.
MacPeds Survival Guide
121
PHOTOTHERAPY
Old Standard of Practice
‘Single’, ‘double’ and ‘triple’ phototherapy may no longer be ordered by the physicians
and midwives.
New Standard of Practice
New standards for phototherapy require all babies to receive intensive phototherapy.
Intensive phototherapy is defined as ‘the use of high levels of irradiance, usually
30 µW/cm2/nm or higher, delivered to as much of the infant’s skin surface area as
possible.
How will effective, intensive phototherapy be delivered?:
On MUMC Ward 4C:
⇒
babies who require phototherapy will be placed in an isolette to receive
phototherapy via the Biliblanket Plus (delivers 57 µW/cm2/nm) and 1 set of
Microlights (delivers 12 – 15 µW/cm2/nm).
On St. Joe’s Ward 3OBS:
⇒
babies who require phototherapy will be placed in an isolette to receive
phototherapy via Biliblanket (delivers 50-70 µW/cm2/nm) and Giraffe Spot
(delivers 50-70 µW/cm2/nm).
It is recommended that babies whose TSBs do not decrease within 4-6 hours once
intensive phototherapy has been initiated receive a Pediatric consult.
MacPeds Survival Guide
122
Total Serum Bilirubin Screening Assessment Nomogram
Always consider bilirubin level by the infant’s age in hours
Bilirubin
um ol/L
325
High Risk Zone
300
High Intermediate Risk
Zone
275
250
Low Intermediate Risk Zone
225
200
Low Risk Zone
175
150
125
100
75
50
0
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120 132
144
Age in hours
Low Risk 40%
Intermediate Risk 75%
High Risk 95%
Adapted from American Academy of Pediatrics, Clinical Practice Guideline: Management of hyperbilirubinemia in the newborn infant 35 or
more weeks of gestation. Pediatrics 2004;114:297-316
Ø Plot the TSB result on this nomogram, then refer to TSB Screening Response Table
for action to be taken (see next page).
It is recommended that either a TSB or TcB* (Transcutaneous Bilirubin) concentration be
measured in all infants between 24 h and 72 h of life. If the infant does not require immediate
treatment, the results should be plotted on the predictive (screening) nomogram to determine
the risk of progression to severe hyperbilirubinemia. If the infant has not been measured earlier
because of clinical jaundice, a TSB measurement should be obtained at the same time as the
Newborn Screening test.
* At the present time, neither McMaster nor St. Joseph’s has a reliable Transcutaneous Bilirubin meter which accurately and
consistently measures serum bilirubin levels.
Canadian Paediatric Society. Guidelines for detection, management and prevention of hyperbilirubinemia in term and late preterm newborn infants (35 or
more weeks’ gestation). Fetus and Newborn Committee, Canadian Pediatric Society (CPS), Pediatrics and Child Health 2007; 12(5): 1B-12B.
MacPeds Survival Guide
123
RESPONSE TO RESULTS OF TOTAL SERUM BILIRUBIN SCREENING
35 – 37 6/7 Weeks Gestation
Bilirubin Screening Responses– 35 to 37 6/7 weeks gestation
Bilirubin Risk Zone
@ time of screening
Low Risk Zone
Low-Intermediate
Risk Zone
High-Intermediate
Risk Zone
High Risk Zone
35 – 37 6/7 weeks gestation
35 – 37 6/7 weeks gestation
with a NEGATIVE Coombs
with a POSITIVE Coombs
Mother’s Blood Group:
Routine care
No Coombs test required
Routine care
Routine care
No Coombs test required
Further testing or treatment
required
O
Follow-up assessment
including TSB at 24 to 48 h
Further testing or treatment
required
Further testing or treatment
required
Phototherapy required
Coombs Test (DAT):
 Other
Coombs Test Ordered:
 Yes
 +ve
 No
 -ve
TSB results in all shaded zones require Coombs test to be done if mother is Blood Group O*
Refer to Coombs’
38 Weeks and more Gestation
Bilirubin Screening Responses– greater than or equal to 38 weeks gestation
Bilirubin Risk
Greater than or equal to
Greater than or equal to
Zone @ time of
38 weeks gestation
38 weeks gestation
screening
with a NEGATIVE Coombs
with a POSITIVE Coombs
Low Risk Zone
Routine care
Routine care
No Coombs test required
No Coombs test required
Low-Intermediate
Routine care
Routine care
Risk Zone
No Coombs test required
No Coombs test required
HighRoutine care - care provider
Follow-up assessment
including TSB at 24 to 48 h
Intermediate Risk consider a follow-up TSB if
there is clinical concern
Zone
High Risk Zone
Further testing or treatment
Further testing or treatment
required
required
Test Algorithm
Mother’s Blood Group:
O
 Other
Coombs Test Ordered:
 Yes
 No
Coombs Test (DAT):
 +ve
 -ve
TSB results in all shaded zones require Coombs test to be done if mother is Blood Group O*
*Although it is highly unlikely, it is reasonable to perform a Coombs test in infants of mothers who are not Blood
Group O and whose TSB results are in the High-Intermediate Risk Zone or the High Risk Zone
Routine Care - Follow-up appointment within 48 hours after discharge with MD or MW if infant is greater than 48 hours of age
on discharge,
or
- Follow-up appointment within 24 hours after discharge with MD or MW if infant is less than 48 hours of age on
discharge
If the baby is in the LRZ or LIZ risk zone and there is no clinical concern, then the TSB result does not need to be reported to the
MD/MW and the baby may be discharged as per Routine Care outlined above.
Follow-up assessment including TSB at 24 to 48 h:
- According to CPS, these babies may be discharged home; in our HHS experience, these babies are often managed more
conservatively and are usually not discharged and follow-up TSBs are done in hospital
– Follow-up assessment: babies who are discharged with a follow-up assessment require a confirmed appointment with MD, MW or
BANA within 24 - 48 hours of discharge WITH a follow-up TSB at that time (24 to 48 h):
In region: all babies requiring pre-ordered bloodwork should have appointment booked in BANA
Out of region: all babies requiring pre-ordered bloodwork may have an appointment booked in BANA or an
outpatient clinic in their community.
Further testing or treatment: - these babies are not discharged
– a repeat TSB should be done or intensive phototherapy should be initiated as per MD / MW order
BANA = Breastfeeding and Newborn Assessment Clinic located at St. Joseph’s Healthcare, open every day except Christmas day
MacPeds Survival Guide
124
HYPERBILIRUBINEMIA - COOMBS TEST ALGORITHM
When a Coombs test needs to be done as part of the newborn hyperbilirubinemia assessment,
please follow the algorithm below based upon the mother’s blood group:
MOTHER O -ve
Babies of all Rh negative
mothers will automatically
have their blood group
done at time of birth by
Transfusion Medicine Lab
to determine if mother
needs another dose of Rh
immune globulin.
Baby O –ve
or O +ve
When the Transfusion
Medicine Lab receives an
order to do a Coombs test,
the Lab will do the baby’s
blood group first.
MOTHER A* or B*
Coombs Test
IS NOT required.
NOTE:
Baby A* or B*
Coombs Test
IS NOT required
*A = A +ve and A –ve
MacPeds Survival Guide
MOTHER O +ve
Coombs Test
IS required
Baby O –ve
or O +ve
Coombs Test
IS NOT required
Baby A* or B*
Coombs Test
IS required
If any antibodies are
detected prenatally, then a
Coombs’ test must always
be done regardless of
mother’s and baby’s blood
types.
B = B+ve and B -ve
125
- UNIVERSAL SCREENING FOR TOTAL SERUM BILIRUBIN
The institution of a program of universal screening complements, but does not replace, careful
ongoing clinical assessment of newborn infants beginning from the first hours of life and continuing
through the first weeks. All infants should be clinically assessed for jaundice repeatedly within the
first 24 h, and again, at a minimum, 24 h to 48 h later whether in hospital or after discharge. Systems
to ensure follow-up within the recommended intervals after hospital discharge must be in place so
that an infant who develops severe hyperbilirubinemia can be identified and treated promptly by an
individual with the training to recognize neonatal hyperbilirubinemia, obtain measurement of TSB or
TcB without delay and refer the infant to a treatment facility if required. This individual may be from
any medical or nursing discipline. (CPS, June 2007).
1) Universal screening applies to all babies 35 or more weeks gestation in all nursery and
neonatal units at both St. Joseph’s and McMaster hospitals.
2) For babies less than 35 weeks gestation, refer to:
Phototherapy and Exchange Transfusion Guidelines in Premature Infants
(<35 weeks gestation and/or < 2500grams), The Hospital for Sick Children
Reference: Maisels & Watchko. Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed., 2003; 88:F459-F463.
Horn et al. South African Medical Journal 2006;96:819-824.
3) If the TSB has not been measured earlier because of clinical jaundice, a TSB measurement
should be obtained between 24 h and 72 h of life. Whenever possible, the TSB test should
be done at the time of the Newborn Screening test to avoid an increase in the number of
painful procedures for the infant (CPS, June 2007)
4) If a baby is being discharged at less than 24 hours of age, a TSB measurement would be
inadequate (if done before 24 hours of age) to predict the risk of progression to severe
hyperbilirubinemia. The CPS guidelines recommend that all babies have a TSB screening
test between 24 – 72 hours of life. If the baby is discharged before 24 h of life, the infant
should be reviewed within 24 h, any day of the week, by an individual with the training to
recognize neonatal hyperbilirubinemia, obtain measurement of TSB (or TcB) without delay
and refer the infant to a treatment facility if required. This individual may be from any
medical or nursing discipline (CPS, June 2007).
5) Staff must refer to the bilirubin nomograms on the following forms (the Phototherapy
nomogram and one of the Screening Assessment nomograms depending upon the baby’s
gestational age) when a TSB result is obtained:
a. Hyperbilirubinemia Assessment Sheet for Initiation of Phototherapy (see Appendix
1), and
b. Hyperbilirubinemia Screening Assessment for Newborns 35 – 37 6/7 Weeks
Gestation (see Appendix 2), or
c. Hyperbilirubinemia Screening Assessment for Newborns 38 or More Weeks
Gestation (see Appendix 3)
Staff should:
• plot the TSB level on the appropriate Hyperbilirubinemia Screening Assessment for
Newborns Form (one form for term infants, one form for late preterm infants) to
determine which risk zone the infant’s TSB level falls into; this determines if the
baby requires a Coombs test (if mom is blood group O) – refer to Coombs Test
algorithm
15
MacPeds Survival Guide
126
• plot the TSB level on the Hyperbilirubinemia Assessment Sheet for Initiation of
Phototherapy using the appropriate phototherapy risk line based on the infant’s
gestational age and the absence or presence of any risk factors for bilirubin toxicity
(eg. positive Coombs); for example, a 39 week infant with no risk factors for
bilirubin toxicity would be plotted using the Lower Risk Line (the upper line), but a
39 week infant with a positive Coombs test would be plotted using the Medium Risk
Line (the middle line)
• if the TSB level plots above the phototherapy line, initiate phototherapy treatment
and continue to plot all subsequent TSB levels on the Phototherapy Nomogram; do
not plot TSB levels on the Hyperbilirubinemia Screening Assessment Form
(screening) nomogram once phototherapy treatment has been initiated
• Upon discontinuation of phototherapy treatment, a repeat TSB is recommended to
check for rebound (S. Seigel, May 2010)
• if the TSB level plots below the phototherapy line, then phototherapy treatment is
not required; determine which risk zone the infant’s TSB level falls into based on
the screening nomogram on the Screening Assessment Form to determine if any
follow-up intervention is required
• double check:
i. if the TSB level falls into a risk zone which requires a Coombs test (and
mother is blood group O) and the Coombs test result is positive (weak
positive, positive, strong positive), then the risk line on the Phototherapy
Nomogram must be dropped to the next highest risk line and re-verify if
the infant is above or below the new phototherapy risk line
ii. for infants who do not require phototherapy, re-verify what response or
follow-up intervention is required as this may change if the infant is
positive Coombs
Adapted from American Academy of Pediatrics. Clinical Practice Guideline: management of hyperbilirubinemia in the newborn infant 35
or more weeks of gestation. Pediatrics 2004; 114: 297-316.
Alkalay, A.L. et al. Hyperbilirubinemia Guidelines in Newborn Infants. Pediatrics 2005; 115: 824-825.
Canadian Paediatric Society. Guidelines for detection, management and prevention of hyperbilirubinemia in term and late preterm newborn infants (35 or
more weeks’ gestation). Fetus and Newborn Committee, Canadian Pediatric Society (CPS), Pediatrics and Child Health 2007; 12(5): 1B-12B.
Physician / Midwife
MacPeds Survival Guide
16
127
This nomogram is for use by Pediatricians and Neonatologists but may be used as a reference guide by
Family Physicians and Midwives.
Guidelines for Exchange Transfusion
in Infants 35 or More Weeks’ of Gestation
Bilirubin Nomogram for Exchange Transfusion
450
Bilirubin umol/L
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
Birth
12
24
48
72
96
120
144
Age in hours
Infants at Higher Risk
Infants at Medium Risk
Infants at Lower Risk
Guidelines:
The dashed lines for the first 24 hours indicate uncertainty due to wide range of clinical circumstances
and a range of responses to phototherapy.
Infants at Low Risk: > 38 weeks with no risk factors
Infants at Medium Risk: > 38 weeks with risk factors or 35-37 6/7 weeks with no risk factors
Infants at Higher Risk: 35-37 6/7 weeks with risk factors
Risk Factors:
• hemolysis due to maternal isoimmunization, G6PD deficiency, pyruvate kinase deficiency,
congenital spherocytosis or other causes of hemolysis
• sepsis, temperature instability, significant lethargy
• need for resuscitation at birth/asphyxia
• evidence of metabolic or respiratory acidosis
• low serum albumin<30g/L
⇒
⇒
⇒
⇒
⇒
These exchange levels represent a consensus but are based on limited clinical evidence.
Exchange transfusion is recommended if the total serum bilirubin rises to these levels despite
intensive phototherapy for 6 hours. Repeat serum bilirubin every 2 to 3 hours during intensive
phototherapy.
Immediate exchange transfusion is recommended if the total serum bilirubin is 85 µmol/L above
these lines or if the infant shows signs of acute bilirubin encephalopathy (hypertonia, arching,
retrocolis, opisthotonus, fever, high pitched cry).
Consider exchange transfusion if the cord bilirubin is >85 µmol/L and the Hb<120g/L.
Measure serum bilirubin and calculate the bilirubin/albumin ratio (B/A ratio). The B/A ratios can be
used together with but not in lieu of the serum bilirubin level as an additional factor in determining
the need for exchange transfusion.
IgG treatment for babies with immune hemolytic jaundice approaching exchange: Infants with a positive
DAT who have predicted severe disease based on antenatal investigation or an elevated risk of progressing to
exchange transfusion based on postnatal progression of TSB concentrations should receive IVIG at a dose of
1 g/kg. (CPS, 2007)
Physician / Midwife
MacPeds Survival Guide
17
128
KEY RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PREVENTING AND MANAGING HYPERBILIRUBINEMIA
1. Promote and support successful breastfeeding.
2. Establish nursery protocols for the jaundiced newborn and permit nurses to obtainTSB
levels without a physician’s order. St. Joseph’s Healthcare and McMaster will
implement a universal TSB screening program.
3. Measure the TSB or TcB* (Transcutaneous Bilimeter) concentrations of infants
jaundiced in the first 24 h after birth
* At the present time, neither McMaster nor St. Joseph’s uses a Transcutaneous Bilirubin meter.
4. Recognize that visual diagnosis of jaundice is unreliable, particularly in darkly
pigmented infants.
5. Interpret all TSB (Total Serum Bilirubin) levels according to the infant’s age in hours, not
days.
6. Do not treat a near-term (35 to 38 wk) infant as a term infant; a near-term infant is at
much higher risk of hyperbilirubinemia.
7. Perform a pre-discharge systematic assessment on all infants for the risk of severe
hyperbilirubinemia.
8. Provide parents with information about newborn jaundice.
9. Provide follow-up based on the time of discharge and the risk assessment.
10. When indicated, treat the newborn with phototherapy or exchange transfusion.
Maisels, Jeffrey M. Pediatrics in Review. American Academy of Pediatrics. 2006; 27: 443 – 454.
Physician / Midwife
MacPeds Survival Guide
18
129
Appendix 1
Physician / Midwife
MacPeds Survival Guide
19
130
Appendix 2
Physician / Midwife
MacPeds Survival Guide
20
131
Appendix 3
Physician / Midwife
MacPeds Survival Guide
21
132
REFERENCES
Alkalay, Arie L. and Simmons, Charles F.(2005) Hyperbilirubinemia Guidelines in Newborn Infants. Pediatrics,
115: 824-825.
American Academy of Pediatrics (2004) Clinical Practice Guideline: Management of hyperbilirubinemia in the
newborn infant 35 or more weeks of gestation. Pediatrics, 114: 297-316.
Association of Women’s Health, Obstetric and Neonatal Nurses (2005) Hyperbilirubinemia: Identification and
nd
Management in the Healthy Term and Near-Term Newborn 2 Edition. AWHONN.
XBhutani, V.K. et al. (2006) A Systems Approach for Neonatal Hyperbilirubinemia in Term and Near-Term
Newborns. JOGNN July/August,XXXXXXX, 444-455.
Bhutani, V.K. & Johnson, L.H. (2006) Kernicterus in late preterm infants cared for as term healthy infants.
Seminars in Perinatology, 30, 89-97.
Canadian Paediatric Society (2007) Guidelines for detection, management and prevention of hyperbilirubinemia
in term and late preterm newborn infants (35 or more weeks’ gestation). Fetus and Newborn Committee,
Canadian Pediatric Society (CPS), Pediatrics and Child Health, 12(5): 1B-12B.
XCanadian Paediatric Society (2004XXXXXXXXX), Canadian Paediatric Surveillance Program 2004 Results.
Neonatal hyperbilirubinemia – severe (July 2002 to June 2004) Final Report; Health Canada.
Canadian Paediatric Society (2002) Canadian Paediatric Surveillance Program. Kernicterus and the healthy
term newborn. Perinatal Partnership Program of Eastern & Southeastern Ontario, Vol. 19, No. 1.
Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (2001). Sentinel Event Alert – Kernicterus
threatens healthy newborns. Issue 18 – April 1.
Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (2004). Sentinel Event Alert – Revised guidance
to help prevent kernicterus. Issue 31 – August 31.
Keren, R and Bhutani, V.K. (February 2007) Predischarge Risk Assessment for Severe Neonatal
Hyperbilirubinemia. Neo Reviews. Vol. 8 No. 2, e68-e76..
Maisels, M. Jeffrey (December 2006). Neonatal Jaundice. Pediatrics in Review. Vol. 27 No. 12: 443-454.
Sarici, S.U. et al. (April 2004) Incidence, Course, and Prediction of Hyperbilirubinemia in Near-Term and Term
Newborns. Pediatrics Vol. 113, No. 4, 775-780.
Sgro, Michael et al. (September 12, 2006) Incidence and causes of severe neonatal hyperbilirubinemia in
Canada. CMAJ 175(6): 587-590.
The HIROC Connection (June 2006). Risk Review: Neonatal Hyperbilirubinemia and the Prevention of
Kernicterus – The Magnitude of the Problem. HIROC Issue #9, 1, 7-11.
Watchko, J.F. (2006) Hyperbilirubinemia and Bilirubin Toxicity in the Late Preterm Infant. Clinics in Perinatology
Vol. 33: 839 – 852.
Wentworth, Stephanie D.P. (2005) Neonatal Phototherapy – today’s lights, lamps and devices. infant Volume 1
Issue 3: 14 – 19.
Physician / Midwife
MacPeds Survival Guide
22
133
McMaster Children’s Hospital
Phototherarpy Guidelines
Infants less than 35 weeks and/or less than 2500 gms
Optimal Phototherapy demands the use of irradiance in the 425-475 nm
band delivered to as much of the infants’ surface area as possible. If possible,
place phototherapy lights at a distance of 30 cm from the infant.
1. Use total serum bilirubin. Do not subtract direct or conjugated bilirubin
2. Use gestational age rather that birthweight if gestational age is accurate
3. Start phototherapy (irradiance ≥ 30 µW/cm2/nm) when total serum
bilirubin (TSB) is = the line according to gestation or weight.
4. Start bili blanket when TSB is > 17-34 µ mol/L above the line according
to gestational age or weight
5. In the presence of risk factors use one line lower (use gestation below)
until <1000 gms
6. Risk factors: isoimmune hemolytic disease, G6PD deficiency, asphyxia,
sepsis, acidosis, hypoalbuminemia
7. Discontinuing phototherapy: after assessment of risk factors (i.e. cause
and age at which phototherapy was started), consider discontinuing
phototherapy when the bilirubin level falls below the level at which it was
initiated. Check serum bilirubin level 6-12 hours after discontinuing
phototherapy to assess for rebound.
MacPeds Survival Guide
134
micro mol/L (µmol) TSB (total serum bilirubin)
The Hospital for Sick Children
Exchange Transfusion for Infants
<2500g and/or <35weeks gestation
380
370
360
350
340
330
320
310
300
290
280
270
260
250
240
230
220
210
200
190
180
170
160
12h
24h
36h
References:
Maisels & Watchko. Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal
Ed. 2003; 88:F459-F463.
Horn et al. South African Medical Journal
2006;96:819-824.
MacPeds Survival Guide
48h
60h
72h
84h
96h 108h 120h
<28w or <1000g
28w-29w6days or 1000-1249g
30w-31w6days or 1250-1499g
32w-33w6days or 1500-1999g
34w-34w6days or 2000-2400g
1. Use total bilirubin. Do not subtract direct or
conjugated bilirubin.
2. Use gestational age rather than birthweight if
gestational age is accurate.
3. In the presence of risk factors use one line
lower (gestation below) until <1000g.
4. Exchange level for infants <1000g with
risk factors:
12hrs:180µmol/L; ≥24hrs:200µmol/L
5. Risk factors: isoimmune hemolytic disease,
G6PD deficiency, asphyxia, sepsis, acidosis,
hypoalbuminemia.
6. Infants who present with total serum bilirubin
(TSB) above threshold should have exchange
performed if TSB is not expected to be below the
threshold after 6 hours of intensive phototherapy.
7. Immediate exchange transfusion is
recommended if infant shows signs of acute
bilirubin encephalopathy (hypertonia, arching,
retrocollis, opisthotonos, fever, high pitched
cry) and usually if TSB is >85umol/L above
threshold at presentation.
8. Exchange if TSB continues to rise
>17umol/L/hour with intensive phototherapy.
Time (age in hours)
135
GUIDELINES FOR MANAGEMENT OF HYPERNATREMIA IN A BREAST FED
BABY
sodium level 140-145 mmol/L
= no medical intervention
review breast feeding technique for appropriateness
and monitor weight, urine and stool output
sodium level 145-149 mmol/L
= if weight loss is < 7% in 48-72 hours or <10% in five
days, provide breast feeding support and monitor
daily as above with sodium levels until normalization.
If weight loss is >7% in 48-72 hours and >10% in
five days, supplement with expressed breast milk/formula using
appropriate aids to support breast feeding success.
sodium level of 150-155 mmol/L
= supplement with expressed breast milk/formula using appropriate
baby friendly maneuvers regardless of weight loss and
repeat blood work in 6-8 hours. It is recommended
that a pediatric consult should be sought by the family doctor.
sodium level of 155-160 mmol/L
= consider transfer to NICU - continue with breast
feeding and supplement with expressed breast milk/ formula. Repeat
blood work in 4-6 hours and watch urine output and stool
frequency.
sodium level of >160 mmol/L
= IV saline bolus 10-20 mL/kg and replace fluid deficit
slowly. Correction of hypernatremia is dependent on
serum sodium levels.
♦ follow clinically on urine output
♦ repeat blood work in six hours and 12 hours and may continue with breast feeding and monitor the baby
closely
♦ avoid rapid rehydration
♦ lower serum sodium by 10-15 mmol/L using attached guidelines
(table 5)
ref 3 below
Integral to each step of the management guidelines is the provision of breast feeding support and the proper
evaluation of the breast feeding technique to ensure success. Resolution of hypernatremia in breast fed
infants is associated with:
♦ a good breast latch
♦ an expectation that the infant will feed at least every three hours or a minimum of eight times a
day
♦ improvement in hydration status
♦ at least six wet diapers a day
♦ at least three stools (minimum) a day
♦ a plateau in weight pattern with subsequent weight gain
(Refer to guideline "breast feeding in the first few days" for the assessment of stool and voiding patterns
in the first six days of life .)
5,6
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Lawrence R: Early Discharge Alert Pediatrics, 1995:96(5):966
CPS. Early Discharge of Newborn Infants - a guide for parents. Paediatric Child Health 1(2); fall 1996
Molteni KH. Initial Management of Hypernatremic Dehydration in the Breast Fed Infant. Clinical Pediatrics 33(12):731-40,
1994
Fleisher, GR. Textbook of Pediatric Emergency Medicine p.817. 2000.
Health Canada Fairly Centred Maternity and Newborn Care 7.5;2000
Hamilton-Wentworth Regional Lactation Committee. PD3910-07/2001 July 3 , 2001, Breast feeding in the first few days.
rd
MacPeds Survival Guide
136
MacPeds
PEDIATRIC
FORMULARY
For drugs prescribed in the NICU please refer to the handbooks available in unit at
both McMaster and St Joseph’s Healthcare.
There is a separate PICU handbook with a drug formulary specific to the PICU.
This document is intended for use at McMaster Children’s Hospital (MCH) only and may not
be applicable elsewhere. While this document is intended to reflect the practice at MCH at
the time of writing, new information may become available. Every attempt has been made to
ensure accuracy but these recommendations should be used in conjunction with good
clinical judgment, and in consultation with a Pharmacist as needed.
MacPeds Survival Guide
137
Unapproved Abbreviations, Symbols and Dose Designations and Acceptable Corrections
Unapproved
Abbreviation
U
IU
Intended
Meaning
Unit
International
unit
Abbreviations for
Drug Names
Problem
Mistaken for “0” (zero), “4” (four), or cc.
Mistaken for “IV” (intravenous) or “10” (ten).
Misinterpreted because of similar abbreviations for multiple
drugs; e.g., MS, MSO4 (morphine sulphate), MgSO4
(magnesium sulphate) may be confused for one another.
QD
QOD
Every day
Every other day
OD
OS, OD, OU
Every day
Left eye, right
eye, both eyes
Mistaken for “right eye” (OD = oculus dexter)
May be confused with one another.
AS, AD, AU
Left ear, right
ear, both ears
May be confused with one another.
D/C
Discharge or
discontinue
SC, SQ, or sub q
Subcutaneous
cc
Cubic centimetre
Premature discontinuation of medications if D/C (intended
to mean “discharge”) has been misinterpreted as
“discontinued” when
followed by a list of discharge medications
SC mistaken as SL (sublingual); SQ mistaken as “5 every;”
the “q” in “sub q” has been mistaken as “every” (e.g., a
heparin dose ordered “sub q 2 hours before surgery”
misunderstood as every 2 hours before surgery)
Mistaken for “u” (units).
g
Unapproved
Symbol
@
>
<
Unapproved
Dose
Designation
Trailing zero
Microgram
Intended
Meaning
at
Greater than
Less than
QD and QOD have been mistaken for each other, or as
‘qid’. The Q has also been misinterpreted as “2” (two).
Mistaken for “mg” (milligram) resulting in one thousand-fold
overdose.
Potential Problem
Mistaken for “2” (two) or “5” (five). Use “at”.
Mistaken for “7”(seven) or the letter “L” .
Confused with each other.
Intended
Meaning
Potential Problem
X.0 mg
Or 10.0 mg
Decimal point is overlooked resulting in 10-fold dose error.
Acceptable
Correction
Use 'unit'.
Use 'unit'.
Do not abbreviate
drug names.
(exceptions: ASA,
KCl, Humulin R)
Write “daily” and
“every other day”
in full
Write “daily”
Use “left eye”, “right
eye” or
“both eyes”.
Use “left ear”,
“right ear” or “both
ears”
Use “discharge” and
"discontinue".
Use "subcut" or
"subcutaneous"
Use “mL” or
“millilitre”.
Use “mcg or
microgram”.
Acceptable
Correction
Write out “at” in full
Write out “greater
than” in full
Write out “less than”
in full
Acceptable
Correction
Never use a zero by
itself after
a decimal point.
Use “X mg or 10
mg”
Lack of leading
. X mg
Decimal point is overlooked resulting in 10-fold dose error.
Always use a zero
zero
before a
decimal point. Use
“0.X mg”
Adapted from ISMP’s List of Error-Prone Abbreviations, Symbols, and Dose Designations (2010) and ISMP Canada’s Do Not
Use – Dangerous Abbreviations, Symbols and Dose Designations (2006)
MacPeds Survival Guide
138
Legend:
GAS
GP
GPC
GN
GNB
MAX
MIN
NF
Group A Streptococcus
Gram Positive
Gram Positive Cocci
Gram Negative
Gram Negative Bacilli
Maximum
Minimum
Non-Formulary At HHS
MacPeds Survival Guide
Adjust dosing
interval for patients
with renal impairment.
139
Safer Order Writing
To reduce the potential for medication errors:
• Write orders clearly and concisely.
• Write medication orders using generic drug names only.
• Be careful with mg/kg/DAY vs mg/kg/DOSE.
• Include the intended dose per kilogram on each order.
• Write the patients weight on each order sheet.
• Never place a decimal and a zero after a whole number (4.0 mg
should be 4 mg) and always place a zero in front of a decimal point
(.2mg should be 0.2 mg). The decimal point has been missed and
tenfold overdoses have been given.
• Never abbreviate the word unit. The letter U has been
misinterpreted as a 0, resulting in a 10 fold overdose.
• Always order medications as mg, not mL as different
concentrations may exist of a given medication. There are a few
exceptions such as co-trimoxazole (Septra®).
• QD is not an appropriate abbreviation for once daily, it has been
misinterpreted as QID. It is best to write out “once daily” or “q24h.”
• Do not abbreviate drug names (levo, 6MP, MSO4, MgSO4, HCTZ).
• Do not abbreviate microgram to µg, use mcg, or even safer, write
out microgram or use milligrams if possible (0.25 mg instead of
250 micrograms)
MacPeds Survival Guide
140
• ANTIBACTERIALS
CELL WALL SYNTHESIS INHIBITORS (BACTERICIDAL)
β-LACTAMS
PENICILLINS
benzyl penicillin: narrow spectrum; NOT Penicillinase resistant
Penicillin G (IV or IM) Moderate to Severe Infections:
IV: 100 000 - 400 000 Units/kg/DAY ÷ q4-6h (MAX: 24 million Units/DAY)
Penicillin V Meningitis: IV: 400 000 Units/kg/DAY ÷ q4h (MAX: 24 million Units/DAY)
Potassium (PO)
Suspension: 60mg/mL Penicillin V Potassium (oral):
Tablet: 300mg
1. Mild to moderate Group A Strep infections: 25-50mg/kg/day PO ÷ q8-12h x 10 days
§
Penicillin V 500 000 units is
equivalent to 300 mg.
IDSA (GAS pharyngitis)– Children: 300mg bid-tid; Adolescents & adults: 600mg po BID x 10
days
2. Other infections: 50-100mg/kg/day PO ÷ q6-8h (MAX: 3g/DAY)
3. Rheumatic fever (treatment): < 27kg: 300mg PO bid x 10 days; > 27kg: 600mg
PO BID x 10 days
4. Rheumatic fever (prophylaxis AND > 5 yrs): 300mg PO bid
5. Prophylaxis in asplenics:
6 months – 5 yrs: 150mg PO bid
>5 yrs: 300mg PO bid
isoxazoyl penicillin: narrow spectrum; Penicillinase resistant
Cloxacillin (IV or PO) Primarily used in methicillin-sensitive Staphylococcus aureus (MSSA) infections:
IV: 100-200 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q4-6h (MAX: 12 g/DAY)
Oral: PO: Suggest to use cephalexin (1st generation cephalosporin) in place as cloxacillin has low
Suspension 25mg/mL oral bioavailability, poorly tolerated (GI side effects) and need to be taken on an empty
Capsule: 250mg, 500mg
stomach
MacPeds Survival Guide
141
Aminopenicillin: Penicillinase sensitive
Ampicillin (IV)
Meningitis:
IV: 300-400 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q4-6h (MAX: 12 g/day)
Other infections: IV: 100-200 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q6h (MAX: 2 g/DOSE)
Amoxicillin (PO)
For coverage against Streptococcus pneumonia (including empiric therapy for communityacquired pneumonia or otitis media): PO 80-90mg/kg/DAY ÷ q8h (MAX: 1 g/DOSE)
Suspension: 50mg/mL Standard dose:
(supplied at HHS);
25mg/mL
PO: 40-50 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q8h
GAS pharyngitis: PO: 50mg/kg ONCE daily (MAX: 1000mg/DOSE)
OR 25mg/kg (MAX: 500mg/DOSE) BID
Clavulanic Acid: Enhances spectrum; beta-lactamase inhibitor
Amoxicillin + Clavulanic Acid For coverage against Streptococcus pneumoniae (i.e. sequential oral therapy in
(Clavulin) (PO) complicated CAP, AOM, sinusitis): 80-90mg/kg/DAYof amoxicillin component
÷ q8h
Tablets (amoxicillin/clavulanic acid):
500/125mg(4:1); 875/125mg(7:1) Standard dosing for other gram positive, gram negative, anaerobic infections:
Suspension (supplied as HHS): 1 mL PO: 25-40 mg/kg/DAY of amoxicillin component ÷ q8-12h (MAX: 500 mg/DOSE)
= 50mg amoxicillin and 12.5mg
clavulanic (4:1) *One major side effect with clavulanic acid (particularly at high doses) is GI
intolerance
Strategies to minimize GI intolerances:
- Administer with food
- Use amoxicillin/clavulanic acid AND plain amoxicillin to achieve desired total
daily dose of amoxicillin (e.g. amoxicillin/clavulanic acid BID + amoxicillin at
noon). Discussion with parents/caregivers prior discharge is necessary to
ensure they comprehend and are in agreement with plan.
MacPeds Survival Guide
142
• ANTIBACTERIALS (CONTINUED)
PENICILLINS (CONTINUED)
Ureidopenicillin: broad spectrum; Penicillinase sensitive Tazobactam: Enhances spectrum; β-lactamase inhibitor
Piperacillin (IV) For documented Pseudomonas aeruginosa infections
IV: 200-300 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q6h (MAX: 16 g/DAY)
Piperacillin + Tazobactam (IV) Broad coverage against many pathogens. First line for febrile neutropaenia.
IV: 200-300 mg/kg/day (of Piperacillin component) ÷ q6-8h
(Adult dose is 4.5g IV q8h)
**Order antibiotic as x mg (or g) of piperacillin component IV q6-8h**
CEPHALOSPORINS – do NOT cover MRSA, Enterococcus species, Listeria, or extended spectrum betalactamase producing organisms (ESBL)
1st Generation
Excellent coverage against S. aureus, group A Streptococcus, E. coli, Klebsiella.
Empiric therapy for cellulitis, osteomyelitis, bacterial adenitis.
Cefazolin (Ancef) IV: 75-150 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q8h (MAX: 6 g/DAY)
(IV or IM)
Cephalexin (Keflex) PO: 25-100 mg/kg/DAY ÷ qid
(PO)
Tablet: 250mg, 500mg Osteomyelitis following IV therapy: 100-150mg/kg/DAY (MAX: 4 g/DAY)
2
nd
Suspension: 50mg/mL
Generation
NO LONGER INDICATED FOR EMPIRIC TREATMENT OF PNEUMONIA. These
agents offer no benefit compared to ampicillin/amoxicillin for treatment of S.
pneumoniae. Main benefit is coverage against (nontypeable) H. influenzae and
Moraxella, which cause sinusitis and otitis.
Cefuroxime IV: 100-150 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q8h (MAX: 2g/DOSE)
(IV or IM)
Cefuroxime Axetil Poor oral bioavailability; unlikely to achieve optimal concentrations in severe
(Ceftin) (PO) infections
MacPeds Survival Guide
143
Cefprozil (eg. for otitis media unresponsive to high-dose amoxicillin or for acute sinusitis)
(Cefzil) (PO)
Tablet: 250mg, 500mg PO: 15-30 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q12h (MAX: 1 g/DAY).
Suspension: 50mg/mL
3rd Generation
Broad spectrum activity against gram negatives. Ceftriaxone/cefotaxime offer
excellent coverage against Streptococcus pneumoniae and good coverage of
methicillin sensitive S. aureus. Only ceftazidime is active against Pseudomonas
aeruginosa. Useful for CNS infections.
Cefotaxime **reserved for neonates**
(IV or IM) Meningitis: IV: 200-225mg/kg/DAY ÷ q6h; up to 300mg/kg/DAY ÷ q6h may be
used in infants and older children for this indication (MAX: 12 g/DAY) Other
infections:
IV: 100-200 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q6-8h (MAX: 6 g/DAY)
Neonates greater than 2kg (if less than 2kg, please refer to neonatal dosing
handbook):
0 – 7 days: 100-150mg/kg/DAY IV ÷ q8-12h
> 7 days: 150-200mg/kg/DAY IV ÷ q6-8h
MacPeds Survival Guide
144
• ANTIBACTERIALS (CONTINUED)
CEPHALOSPORINS
Ceftriaxone Meningitis: IV/IM: 100mg/kg/DAY divided q12h or q24h (Max: 2g/DOSE)
(IV or IM) Other infections: IV/IM: 50-75 mg/kg q24h (MAX: 2 g/DAY)
STI (gonococcal infection):
>45kg: 250mg IM x 1
Ceftazidime Active against Pseudomonas aeruginosa:
(IV or IM) IV: 75-150 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q8h (MAX: 6 g/DAY)
Cefixime Increasing MIC (minimum inhibitory concentration) against Neisseria gonorrhea;
(Suprax) (PO) avoid use if possible due to increased risk of treatment failure. IM ceftriaxone is
preferable.
Tablet: 400mg
Suspension: 20mg/mL Other infections (Not active against Pseudomonas and poor GP activity):
PO: 8 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q12-24h (MAX: 400 mg/DAY)
MacPeds Survival Guide
145
CARBAPENEMS – Very broad spectrum antibiotics (coverage against GP, GN and anaerobes including
extended beta-lactamase producing strains of GN); no coverage against MRSA ** Requires ID endorsement **
Meropenem Meningitis: 40mg/kg/DOSE IV q8h (MAX: 2g/DOSE)
(IV)
Other infections: 20mg/kg/DOSE IV q8h (usual MAX: 1g/DOSE)
Ertapenem 3 months - 12 years : 15mg/kg/DOSE IV q12h (max: 1 gram/DAY)
(IV) >13 years: 1 g IV once daily (max: 1 gram/DAY)
GLYCOPEPTIDES
Vancomycin
(IV or PO)
The IV formulation will
be provided when
prescribed orally while
in hospital
Only active against GP (including MRSA). Use as an alternative for GP coverage in patients
with severe penicillin allergy (i.e. anaphylaxis, angioedema)
Meningitis: IV: 60 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q6h (MAX: 4 g/DAY)
Other infections (MRSA or Coagulase Negative Staphylococci):
IV: 40-60 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q6-12h (usual MAX: 2 g/DAY)
Higher doses may be required in patients with suspected/confirmed MRSA infections, or
individuals who are in clinically severe sepsis
Infuse over a minimum of 1 hour to avoid Red Man Syndrome; If reaction occurs, increase
infusion time. In patients with known history of Red Man Syndrome, write on order to infuse
over at least 2 hours.
Monitor trough levels in patients with septic shock, proven MRSA infections,
concurrent nephrotoxins, fluctuating renal function or extended treatment courses
Clostridium difficile infection (usually reserved for severe infection or failed metronidazole):
PO: 12.5 mg/kg/DOSE q6h (MAX: 125 mg/DOSE)
MacPeds Survival Guide
146
ANTIBACTERIALS (CONTINUED)
Protein Synthesis Inhibitors
VIA 50S Ribosome (Bacteriostatic)
MACROLIDES
Atypicals: Mycoplasma, Legionella, Chlamydia, H. pylori
GAS and S. pneumoniae infections in patients with severe penicillin allergy (although substantial
macrolide resistance has been observed with these pathogens).
Clarithromycin Useful for mild bacterial pneumonia in adolescents. Also commonly used for atypical
mycobacterial infections.
Tablet: 250mg,
500mg
PO:
7.5 mg/kg/DOSE BID (Max: 500mg/DOSE)
Suspension:
25mg/mL, (50mg/mL
not available at HHS) Rx Interactions: theophylline, carbamazepine, cisapride, digoxin, cyclosporine, tacrolimus.
Azithromycin Useful for known atypical respiratory infections and bacterial enteritis.
Tablet: 250mg PO/IV:
Suspension:
40mg/mL
LINCOSAMIDES
Clindamycin
Capsule: 150mg,
300mg
Suspension
15mg/mL
10 mg/kg (MAX: 500 mg) once, then 5 mg/kg (MAX: 250 mg) q24h for 4 days
Pertussis: 10 mg/kg PO/IV q24h for 5 days
Chlamydia trachomatis urethritis or cervicitis:
PO: (> 1 month) 12 – 15mg/kg once (MAX: 1g)
Useful for toxic shock syndromes, anaerobic infections of the head and neck, and for
susceptible S. aureus (including some MRSA) and group A streptococcus infections. Be careful
– resistance in S. aureus is not particularly uncommon!
IV: 30-40 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q8h (usual MAX: 600 mg/DOSE; 900mg IV q8h is usually prescribed
in the setting as adjunct therapy in gram positive toxic shock or necrotizing fascitis)
PO: 10-30 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q6-8h (MAX: 450 mg/DOSE)
May potentiate muscle weakness with neuromuscular blockers. Oral suspension is very poorly
tolerated, avoid if possible, use 150 mg capsules or an alternative antibiotic
VIA 30S and 50S Ribosome (Bacteriocidal)
MacPeds Survival Guide
147
AMINOGLYCOSIDES GN Aerobes (including Pseudomonas aeruginosa)
Gentamicin IV: 5-6 mg/kg/dose q24h (extended frequency dosing is preferred in patients without
renal impairment to maximize pharmacokinetics and dynamics of drug)
OR
Synergy with beta-lactams for severe S. aureus and Enterococcus infections:
Tobramycin 3mg/kg/day IV ÷ q8h
Tobramycin: doses as high as 10mg/kg/DAY IV q24h is recommended in patients with cystic
fibrosis.
(Inhaled tobramycin for CF patients): 80mg bid to tid via inhalation
Once daily dosing should be used for all patients > 1 month of age, except in the
treatment of endocarditis and in patients with extensive burns. Ototoxicity and
nephrotoxicity may occur, consider monitoring trough levels (target <1 mg/L) in
patients at risk for nephrotoxicity (e.g. septic shock, concurrent nephrotoxins, fluctuating
renal function or extended treatment courses). Prolonged therapy (i.e. >/= 2 weeks)
generally not warranted. May potentiate muscle weakness with neuromuscular blockers.
DNA Complex Damaging Agents (Bactericidal)
METRONIDAZOLE (IV or PO) Tablets: 250mg; Suspension: 15mg/mL
Anaerobic infections: IV/PO:
20-30 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q8-12h (MAX: 1 g/DAY)
C. difficile (For Colitis): (Enteral administration preferred but IV can be used)
IV/PO:
30-50 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q6-8h (MAX: 1.5 g/DAY)
Excellent oral absorption, use IV only if PO contraindicated or not tolerated
• ANTIBACTERIALS (CONTINUED)
Folic Acid Metabolism Inhibitors (Bacteriostatic)
TRIMETHOPRIM-SULFAMETHOXAZOLE (TMP-SMX) (Septra, Co-trimoxazole)
Useful for: Pneumocystis carinii, Toxoplasma, Shigella, Salmonella, MRSA (in settings of cellulitis after appropriate
MacPeds Survival Guide
148
incision and drainage), Nocardia
Order in mg of trimethoprim component and mL of suspension (or number of tablets)
Bacterial infections (UTI):
PO/IV:
8-12 mg/kg/DAY (of Trimethoprim component) ÷ q12h
Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia (PCP):
PO/IV:
15-20 mg/kg/DAY (of Trimethoprim component) ÷ q6-8h
If PCP is severe (i.e. hypoxia), consider adding IV Methylprednisolone 1 mg/kg q24h
PCP prophylaxis (Hematology/Oncology, HIV):
PO/IV:
3-5mg/kg/day (of Trimethoprim component) ÷ bid on Monday, Wednesday, Friday
Urinary tract infection prophylaxis: 2 – 5mg /kg/DAY trimethoprim once daily
Formulation:
Trimethoprim
Sulfamethoxazole
Suspension
8 mg/ml
40 mg/ml
Injection
16 mg/ml
80 mg/ml
SS (single strength)
80 mg
400 mg
Tablet
DS (double strength) 160 mg
800 mg
Tablet
Excellent oral absorption, use IV only if PO contraindicated. Maintain good fluid intake and urine output.
Monitor CBC and LFTs. Do not use in patients with G-6-PD deficiency.
DNA Gyrase Inhibitors (Bactericidal)
QUINOLONES
Enteric GNB, including most ESBL and Pseudomonas. Levofloxacin also has excellent
coverage against S. pneumoniae.
Theoretical risk of development of arthropathy in children is based primarily on animal
studies. The use of quinolones in situations of antibiotic resistance where no other agent
is available is reasonable, weighing the benefits of treatment against the low risk of
toxicity of this class of antibiotics. Another situation would be where there are no other
MacPeds Survival Guide
149
orally administered antibiotics available.
Ciprofloxacin ** REQUIRES ID ENDORSEMENT**
(IV or PO) Ciprofloxacin usually reserved for infections caused by Pseudomonas aeruginosa or
Tablet: 250mg, 500mg, other resistant gram negative bacilli
750mg
IV/PO:
20-30 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q12h (MAX: 400 mg/DOSE IV or 750 mg/DOSE PO)
Suspension: 100mg/mL
(tablets are preferable if dose Excellent oral absorption, use IV only if PO contraindicated.
is given via NG tubes) Feeds, formula, calcium, magnesium, iron, antacids and sucralfate reduce
absorption, hold feeds for 1 hour before and 2 hours after dose.
Levofloxacin ** REQUIRES ID ENDORSEMENT**
Tablet: 250mg, 500mg, Levofloxacin usually reserved for infections caused by Pseudomonas aeruginosa, other
750mg resistant gram negative bacilli or penicillin-resistant Streptococcus pneumoniae.
Suspension not available
commercially; use dissolve
and dose
ANTIFUNGALS
MacPeds Survival Guide
150
Fluconazole (IV or PO) Oropharyngeal candidiasis:
Esophageal candidiasis:
Candidemia:
IV/PO:
IV/PO:
IV/PO:
3 mg/kg q24h
6 mg/kg q24h (MAX: 400 mg/DAY)
12 mg/kg once (MAX: 800 mg) Then
6 mg/kg/DAY (MAX: 400 mg/DAY, á doses
used)
Excellent oral absorption, use IV only if PO contraindicated.
May increase serum levels of cyclosporine, midazolam, cisapride, phenytoin.
Aspergillus species and Candida krusei are intrinsically resistant,
Candida glabrata may respond to higher doses.
Dosage adjustment is required in patients with impaired renal function
Voriconazole (IV or PO) ** Requires ID endorsement **
Tablet: 50mg, 200mg Coverage against many Candida species and Aspergillus
Suspension: 40mg/mL
Loading dose:6mg/kg Q12h x 2 doses then
Maintenance dose: 4mg/kg q12h
(higher doses may be used in specific clinical scenarios)
Only IV formulation needs to be used with caution in patients with renal impairment (use
oral formulation in this scenario)
ANTIFUNGALS (continued)
Liposomal ** Requires ID endorsement **
Amphotericin B (IV) Coverage against many Candida species, Aspergillus and most Mucor
MacPeds Survival Guide
151
(Ambisome)
3 – 5 mg/kg IV once daily
Monitor renal function and electrolytes (particularly potassium and magnesium).
Infusion-related adverse effects (e.g. fever, rigors etc) may require pre-treatment
with acetaminophen, diphenhydramine
Caspofungin (IV) ** Requires ID endorsement **
Loading dose: 70mg/m2/DAY IV x 1 dose (MAX: 70mg) then
Maintenance dose: 50mg/m2/DAY IV once daily (MAX: 50mg)
Nystatin Oral candidiasis: PO: infants:
100 000 Units swish and swallow QID
children:
250 000 Units swish and swallow QID
adolescents:
500 000 Units swish and swallow QID
ANTI-VIRALS
Acyclovir Need to monitor kidney function and ensure adequate hydration (especially on high dose
of intravenous therapy). Dosing adjustment is necessary in patients with impaired renal
Tablets: 200mg, 400mg and function
800mg
MacPeds Survival Guide
152
Suspension: 40mg/mL Infants 1-3 months: 60mg/kg/DAY IV ÷ q8h (duration will be dependent on organ
involvement – 21 days for CNS and disseminated disease; 14 days for skin and mucous
membrane involvement)
HSV encephalitis (> 3 months to 12 years): 60mg/kg/DAY IV ÷ q8h (MAX: 1g/DOSE)
HSV encephalitis (> 12 years): 30mg/kg/DAY IV ÷ q8h (MAX: 1g/DOSE)
Mild – moderate mucocutaneous HSV infection in immunocompetent hosts:
30-40mg/kg/DAY PO ÷ q8h
HSV infection in immunocompromised hosts or severe infection (eg. eczema herpeticum):
15-30mg/kg/DAY IV ÷ q8h
PO dosing (following IV therapy): 60-80mg/kg/DAY PO ÷ q8h
Varicella or zoster in immunocompromised hosts: 30mg/kg/DAY IV q8h
PO dosing (following IV therapy): 80mg/kg/DAY PO ÷ qid
Varicella or zoster in immunocompetent host (note that therapy not always indicated):
80mg/kg/DAY PO ÷ qid
References: Bradley JS and Nelson JD. Nelson’s Pocket Book of Pediatric Antimicrobial Therapy.
18th edition. 2010.
MacPeds Survival Guide
153
PEDIATRIC FORMULARY
Acetaminophen
Analgesic and antipyretic.
PO/PR: Refer to table for weight based dosing standardization
Can be dosed q4-6h prn
Weight
(kg)
2.5 - 3.9
4.0 - 5.4
5.5 - 7.9
8.0 - 10.9
11.0 - 15.9
16.0 - 21.9
22.0 - 26.9
27.0 - 31.9
32.0 - 43.9
44 – over
Single Dose
(mg)
40
60
80
120
160
240
320
400
480
650
Acetylsalicylic Acid
Antiplatelet:
PO: 5 mg/kg/DOSE q24h.
Minimum 20 mg, usual maximum 325 mg.
Kawasaki disease:
PO: 80-100 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q6h,
reduce dose to 3-5 mg/kg q24h once fever resolves.
Supplied as 80 mg chewable tablets and 325 and 650 mg tablets.
Captopril
Angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor (ACE-I).
PO: 0.1-0.3 mg/kg/DOSE q8h initially
(usual maximum 6 mg/kg/DAY or 200 mg/DAY).
Monitor blood pressure closely after first dose, may cause profound
hypotension. Cough is a common side effect of ACE-I.
MacPeds Survival Guide
154
Carbamazepine
Anticonvulsant.
PO: 10-20 mg/kg/DAY initially, usual maintenance dose is
20-30 mg/kg/DAY. Divide daily dose q8-12h.
Serum trough concentration target is 17-50 micromol/L (4-11
microgram/mL).
Charcoal
Adsorbent used in toxic ingestions.
PO: 1-2 g/kg once.
PO: Multiple dose therapy 0.5 g/kg q4-6h.
Give via NG if necessary, consider antiemetics.
Chloral Hydrate
Sedative and hypnotic.
Procedural Sedation:
PO/PR: 80 mg/kg 20-45 mins before procedure may repeat
half dose if no effect in 30 minutes (maximum 2
g/dose).
Sedation:
PO/PR: 25-50 mg/kg/DOSE q6-8h (maximum 500 mg q6h
or 1 g hs).
Avoid in liver dysfunction. Tolerance develops and withdrawal may
occur after long-term use. For PR use dilute syrup with water.
Codeine:
Codeine has now been replaced with Morphine as the
preferred oral narcotic analgesic for acute pain at HHSC due to better
safety profile. Please refer to morphine dosing
MacPeds Survival Guide
155
Dexamethasone
Corticosteroid.
Acute Asthma:
IV/PO: 0.3 mg/kg/DOSE (usual max 8 mg/DOSE)
Croup:
IV/PO: 0.6 mg/kg ONCE (usual max 12 mg)
Cerebral Edema::
IV/PO: 1-2 mg/kg then 1-1.5 mg/kg/DAY divided Q6H
(usual maximum 16 mg/DAY)
Antiemetic for antineoplastic regimens:
IV/PO: 0.25mg/kg/DAY divided q8h
Discontinuation of therapy greater than 14 days requires gradual
tapering. Consider supplemental steroids at times of stress if patient
has received long-term or frequent bursts of steroid therapy.
Dextrose
Treatment of hypoglycemia:
IV: 0.5-1 g/kg/DOSE:
1-2 mL/kg of 50% dextrose
5-10 mL/kg of 10% dextrose
1 mmol of dextrose (0.2 g of dextrose) provides 2.8 kJ (0.67 kcal).
Diazepam
Benzodiazepine sedative, anxiolytic and amnestic.
Status epilepticus:
IV: 0.1-0.5 mg/kg/DOSE (usual maximum 5 mg for <5 yrs
10 mg for >5yrs)
PR: 0.5 mg/kg/DOSE (maximum 20 mg/DOSE).
Skeletal muscle spasms:
PO: 1-2.5mg /DOSE q3-4h prn (May increase gradually as needed)
Fast onset and short duration of action with single doses, duration of
action prolonged with continued use. Withdrawal may occur if
discontinued abruptly after prolonged use. Not recommended for
continuous infusion due to poor solubility. Can give parenteral
preparation rectally, diluted with water.
MacPeds Survival Guide
156
Dimenhydrinate (Gravol)
Antihistamine used to treat nausea and vomiting.
IV/IM/PO: 0.5 -1 mg/kg/DOSE q4-6h prn
(maximum 50 mg/DOSE).
Available as 3mg/mL liquid. Please round to nearest 2.5mg dose.
Diphenhydramine (Benadryl)
Antihistamine used primarily to treat urticaria.
IV/IM/PO:
0.5-1 mg/kg/DOSE q6h prn
(maximum 50 mg/DOSE).
Available as 2.5mg/ml elixir. Please round to nearest 2.5mg dose.
Docusate (Colace)
Laxative
PO: 5 mg/kg/DAY once daily or in divided doses 2-4
times/DAY (maximum 200 mg/DAY)
Available as 10 mg/mL suspension or 100 mg capsule
Suspension is bitter tasting. Mask taste by diluting with juice or
milk/formula. Please round to nearest multiple of 5mg.
Domperidone
Prokinetic agent.
PO: 1.2-2.4 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q6h (maximum 80 mg/DAY).
Give 15- 30 mins prior to feed/meals and at bedtime
MacPeds Survival Guide
157
Enoxaparin
Anticoagulant, low-molecular weight heparin.
Treatment:
Subcutaneous:
<2 months of age: 1.5 mg/kg/DOSE q12h.
>2 months of age: 1 mg/kg/DOSE q12h.
Prophylaxis:
Subcutaneous:
<2 months of age: 0.75 mg/kg/DOSE q12h. or 1.5 mg/kg q24h
>2 months of age: 0.5 mg/kg/DOSE q12h or 1mg/kg q24h
Monitor platelets and hemoglobin. Avoid in severe renal
dysfunction. Anti-factor Xa level drawn 4 hours post Subcutaneous
injection should be 0.5-1 unit/mL for treatment and 0.2-0.4 unit/mL
for prophylaxis.
Epinephrine (1:1000)
NEB: If less than 10kg: 2.5mg/DOSE inhaled q8h prn
10kg or greater: 5mg/DOSE inhaled q8h prn
Bronchiolitis:
NEB: 1.5 mg in 4 mls of 3% Hypertonic saline q8h
Ferrous Sulfate :
See iron.
Fluticasone (Flovent)
Inhaled corticosteroid.
INH: 50-500 microgram q12h.
Available as 50mcg, 125mcg , 250 mcg /inhalation metered dose
inhaler
MacPeds Survival Guide
158
Furosemide
Loop diuretic.
PO: 1-2 mg/kg/DOSE q6h-q24h (usual max 80 mg/DOSE)
IV: 0.5-2 mg/kg/DOSE q6h-q24h (usual max 80mg/DOSE)
or
begin at 0.1 mg/kg/hour and titrate to clinical effect
(maximum 0.5 mg/kg/h).
Available as 10mg/mL oral solution. Please round to nearest 1mg dose.
Hydrochlorothiazide
Thiazide diuretic.
PO: 1-4 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q12h
Available as 5mg/mL suspension. Please round to nearest 0.5mg or 1mg.
Hydrocortisone
Corticosteroid.
Acute asthma:
IV: 1-2 mg/kg/DOSE q6h for 24-48 hours then reassess.
(usual max is 5mg/kg/DOSE)
Anaphylaxis:
IV: 5-10 mg/kg/DOSE.
Acute adrenal crisis:
IV: 1-2 mg/kg then:
Infants:
25-150 mg/DAY ÷ q6h.
Older children: 150-250 mg/DAY ÷ q6h.
Discontinuation of therapy >14 days requires gradual tapering.
Consider supplemental steroids at times of stress if patient has
received long-term or frequent bursts of steroid therapy.
MacPeds Survival Guide
159
Hydromorphone
Narcotic analgesic
Analgesia :
PO: 0.03-0.08 mg/kg/DOSE q4-6h prn
(usual initial max 3mg/DOSE)
IV: 0.01-0.02 mg/kg/DOSE q2-4h prn
Sedation/analgesia :
IV: 0.01-0.02 mg/kg then
2-8 microgram/kg/hr
(refer to continuous infusion preprinted order set)
To prevent withdrawal, avoid abrupt cessation following high doses
or long duration of therapy (> 5 days). Common adverse effects are
pruritis, nausea and constipation
Hypertonic Saline 3%:
Bronchiolitis
NEB: 4 mls of 3% saline q8h
Ibuprofen
Analgesic and anti-inflammatory (NSAID).
Can be dosed q6-8h prn.
PO:
Weight (kg)
2.5 - 3.9
4.0 - 5.4
5.5 - 7.9
8.0 - 10.9
11.0 - 15.9
16.0 - 21.9
22.0 - 26.9
27.0 - 31.9
32.0 - 43.9
44 – over
Single Dose (mg)
20
30
40
60
100
150
200
250
300
400
Avoid in patients with renal impairment or increased risk of bleeding
MacPeds Survival Guide
160
Insulin (regular)
Recombinant human insulin.
Diabetic ketoacidosis:
IV: 0.05-0.1 units/kg/h initially. (add 25 units of regular
insulin to 250 ml/NS) then titrate to patients response
For IV administration MUST use regular insulin.
Hyperkalemia:
IV: 0.1 units/kg AND dextrose 0.5 g/kg.
Ipratropium (Atrovent)
Inhaled anticholinergic bronchodilator.
Severe asthma:
NEB:
125-250 microgram (0.5-1 mL) q4-6h.
INH:
2-4 puffs q4-6h (1 puff = 20 mcg)
Iron
Treatment of iron deficiency anemia:
PO: 4-6 mg/kg/DAY (of elemental iron) ÷ q8-24h.
Prevention of iron deficiency anemia:
PO: 2-3 mg/kg/DAY (of elemental iron) ÷ q8-24h.
Give with food if GI upset occurs. Does stain teeth, rinse mouth well
after administration.
Available as ferrous sulfate 75mg/mL solution (15mg/mL elemental
iron). Please round to nearest 12.5mg dose (2.5mg elemental iron)
Kayexelate® (Sodium Polystyrene Sulfonate)
Cation exchange resin.
Treatment of hyperkalemia:
PO/PR: 1 g/kg/DOSE may be repeated q4-6h prn
(usual maximum 30-60 g/DOSE).
Give in water or juice, do not mix with fruit juices with high
potassium content such as orange juice.
MacPeds Survival Guide
161
Ketorolac (Toradol)
Analgesic and anti-inflammatory (NSAID).
IV/IM: 1-2 mg/kg/DAY (maximum 120 mg/DAY) ÷ q6h.
Adverse effects include renal dysfunction, GI irritation and
ulceration.
Lactulose
Osmotic laxative.
PO: infants:
2.5-5 mL q8-24h.
children:
5-10 mL q8-24h.
adolescents: 15-30 mL q8-24h.
Lorazepam
Benzodiazepine sedative, anxiolytic and amnestic.
Status epilepticus:
IV: 0.1 mg/kg/DOSE, (usual maximum 4 mg/DOSE).
May repeat 0.1mg/kg in 5 mins if needed
PR: 0.2 mg/kg/DOSE (usual maximum 8 mg/DOSE)
Pre-op/procedural sedation:
PO/SL: 0.05 mg/kg/dose (max 4mg/DOSE)
IV:
0.03-0.05 mg/kg/dose (max 4 mg/DOSE).
Intermediate duration of action and no active metabolites.
Withdrawal may occur if discontinued abruptly after prolonged use.
Not recommended for continuous infusion due to poor solubility.
May give parenteral preparation rectally, diluted with water.
MacPeds Survival Guide
162
Magnesium salts
Electrolyte.
Treatment of hypomagnesemia:
PO: 20-40mg/kg/day elemental magnesium ÷ TID-QID
IV: 25-50 mg/kg (maximum 5g) over 4-5 hours
Severe acute asthma:
IV: 25-75 mg/kg/DOSE once (usual maximum 2g/DOSE)
IV available as magnesium sulfate. PO available as magnesium
glucoheptonate oral liquid 100mg/mL (5mg/mL elemental Mg) or
magnesium oxide 420mg tablet (252mg elemental Mg)
Methylprednisolone
Corticosteroid.
Severe acute asthma:
IV: 0.5-1 mg/kg/ DOSE q12h (usual max 40 mg/DOSE)
Or
1-2 mg/kg/DOSE q6h can be used until improvement
seen (usually 24-48 hours) then q24h or switch to oral
prednisone.
Anti-inflammatory:
IV: 1-2 mg/kg/DOSE q24h.
High dose/pulse therapy:
IV: 10-30 mg/kg/DOSE q24h
Discontinuation of therapy >14 days requires gradual tapering.
Consider supplemental steroids at times of stress if patient has
received long-term or frequent bursts of steroid therapy.
Metoclopramide
Antiemetic, gastrointestinal prokinetic agent.
IV/PO: 0.4-0.8 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q6h
(usual maximum 40 mg/DAY).
Extrapyramidal reactions occur more commonly in children and may
be treated with diphenhydramine.
MacPeds Survival Guide
163
Morphine
Narcotic analgesic.
Analgesia :
PO: 0.2-0.5 mg /kg/DOSE q4-6h prn
(usual max is 10-15 mg/ DOSE)
IV: 0.05-0.1 mg/kg/DOSE q2-4h prn and increase as required
Sedation/analgesia:
IV: 0.05-0.1 mg/kg
then 10-40 microgram/kg/hr infusion
(refer to continuous infusion preprinted order set)
Please note: Morphine has now replaced codeine as the
preferred oral narcotic analgesic for acute pain at HHSC due to
better safety profile. Reduced doses may be required if used in
combination with benzodiazepines. To prevent withdrawal, avoid
abrupt cessation following high doses or long duration of therapy
(> 5 days). Common adverse effects are pruritis, nausea and
constipation
Naproxen
Analgesic and anti-inflammatory (NSAID).
PO: 10-20 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q8-12h (maximum 1 g/DAY).
Adverse effects include renal dysfunction, GI irritation and
ulceration.
Omeprazole
Inhibitor of gastric acid secretion (proton pump inhibitor).
PO: 1-2 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q12-24h (maximum 40 mg/DAY).
A 2mg/mL oral suspension is available. Please round to nearest 1mg dose.
Ondansetron
Antiemetic.
IV/PO: 0.1-0.15 mg/kg/DOSE q8h prn
(maximum 8 mg/DOSE).
MacPeds Survival Guide
164
Pantoprazole
Inhibitor of gastric acid secretion (proton pump inhibitor).
PO/IV: 1-1.5 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q12-24h (usual max 40 mg/DOSE)
GI bleed:
IV: 5 – 15 kg: 2 mg/kg/DOSE x 1 DOSE, then 0.2 mg/kg/h
16 – 40 kg: 1.8 mg/kg/DOSE x 1 DOSE, then 0.18 mg/kg/h
> 40 kg: 80 mg x 1 DOSE, then 4 - 8 mg/h
There is no liquid formulation available. Intravenous and oral
pantoprazole provide equivalent acid suppression. Do not crush
tablets. IV infusion is available as 40 mg in 50 mls of NS
PEG-3350 (Polyethylene Glycol)
Osmotic Laxative
Constipation:
PO: 0.5-1 g/kg/DAY
( titrated to effect up to a usual max of 17 g/day)
Available as 17 gram /sachet in hospital. Mix in 125-250 mL of water
or juice. Onset 2-4 days. May titrate to effect up to a usual max of 17
g/DAY . Is odorless and tasteless.
Phenobarbital
Barbiturate anticonvulsant.
Status epilepticus:
IV: 20 mg/kg over 20-30 minutes.
Maintenance:
IV/PO: 3-5 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q12-24h.
Usual serum level for seizure control: 65-172 micromol/L (15-40
mg/L).
MacPeds Survival Guide
165
Phenytoin
Anticonvulsant
Status epilepticus:
IV: 20 mg/kg over 20 minutes.
Maintenance:
IV/PO: 5 mg/kg/DAY (range 3-10 mg/kg/DAY) ÷ q8-12h.
May require higher doses for patients with head injuries. Must be
diluted in saline only and requires in-line filter (0.22 micron). Hold
feeds before and after enteral administration as continuous feeds and
formula may decrease bioavailability of oral products. Significantly
increased free fraction in patients with hypoalbuminemia may result
in underestimation of effective drug concentration and difficulty in
interpretation of drug levels and toxicity may occur at “therapeutic”
serum levels. Therapeutic level: 40-80 micromol/L (10-20
microgram/mL).
Pico-Salax® (picosulfate sodium/magnesium oxide/citric acid)
Stimulant and Osmotic Laxative
PO: 1-6 yrs administer ¼ sachet
6-12 yrs administer ½ sachet
Over 12 yrs: 1 sachet
Dose can be repeated after 6-8hours if no effect
Used for refractory constipation, fecal impaction and for cleaning out
bowels. Contents of 1 sachet are mixed with 160mL water.
MacPeds Survival Guide
166
Potassium Salts
Electrolyte. 1mmol of potassium chloride = 1 mEq of potassium
chloride
Treatment of hypokalemia:
PO: 1-2 mmol/kg/DAY ÷ q6h-24h.
IV: 0.25-1 mmol/kg/DOSE.
For PO administration potassium chloride is available as oral
solution 1.33 mmol/mL, and slow release tablets (Slow K) 600 mg
(= 8 mmol). Potassium citrate is also available as effervescent tablet
(25 mEq/tablet).Give po with food. Dilute oral solution in water or
juice and give over 5-10 mins. Slow-release tablets should not be
crushed or chewed.
Usual adult maximum = 80 mmol/DAY
Risk of arrhythmias and cardiac arrest with rapid IV administration.
Dose recommendations assume normal renal function. Please refer
to Pediatric IV monograph for further prescribing details and
limitations
Prednisone or Prednisolone
Corticosteroid.
Acute asthma:
PO: 1-2 mg/kg/DOSE q24h.
Anti-inflammatory or immunosuppressive:
PO: 0.5-2 mg/kg q24h (usual max is 60mg/DAY)
1 mg Prednisone = 1 mg Prednisolone. Discontinuation of therapy
greater than 14 days requires gradual tapering. Consider supplemental
steroids at times of stress if patient has received long-term or
frequent bursts of steroid therapy.
MacPeds Survival Guide
167
Ranitidine
H2 receptor antagonist.
Reduction of gastric acid secretion:
IV: 2-4 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q8-12h (usual max 50 mg q8h).
PO: 4-10 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q8-12h (usual max 300 mg/DAY).
IV dose is approximately 50% of oral dose. Modify dosage interval
for patients with renal impairment. May add IV daily dose to TPN.
Available as a 15mg/ml oral solution.
Salbutamol (Ventolin)
Bronchodilator, β2 agonist.
Acute asthma:
MDI: 4-8 puffs q ½-q4h prn.
NEB: Less than 10 kg: 2.5 mg q ½-q4h prn
10 kg or greater: 5 mg q½-q4h prn
Administered in 3 mL of NS.
Available as 5 mg/mL solution for nebulization.
Maintenance therapy:
MDI:
1-2 puffs q4h prn.
Titrate dose to effect and/or adverse effects (tachycardia, tremor and
hypokalemia). For most patients metered dose inhalers with a spacer
device are the preferred method of drug delivery.
Senna
Stimulant laxative.
PO: infants:
1 or 2.5 mL (1.7 or 4.25 mg) q24h.
children:
2.5 or 5 mL (4.25 or 8.5 mg) q24h.
adolescents: 5 or 10 mL (8.5 or 17 mg) q24h.
Some patients, particularly those receiving opiates may require higher
doses and/or more frequent administration. Also supplied as 8.6 mg
tablets.
MacPeds Survival Guide
168
Spironolactone
Potassium sparing diuretic.
PO: 1-3 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q12-24h.
Available as a 5mg/mL suspension. Please round doses to the nearest
0.5mg or 1mg.
Topiramate
Anticonvulsant
For greater than 2 yrs and less than 16 yrs:
PO: 1-3 mg/kg/DAY as a single dose
(initial max 25 mg/DAY)
then can increase dose at 1-2 week interval by 1-3 mg/kg/DAY
divided q12h.
Usual maintenance
PO: 5-9 mg/kg/DAY divided q12h
17 years and older :
PO: 25 to 50 mg/DAY as a single dose , may increase dosage
by 25 to 50 mg/DAY at 1-week intervals, give q12h. .
Titrate dose to response to a usual maintenance dose of 200 to
400 mg/DAY divided q12h
Ursodiol
TPN Cholestasis:
PO: 30mg/kg/DAY divided q8h
Biliary Atresia:
PO: 10-15 mg/kg/DAY once daily
MacPeds Survival Guide
169
Valproic Acid and Derivatives
Anticonvulsant.
Maintenance
PO: 15-20 mg/kg/DAY increased to a maximum of
30-60 mg/kg/DAY ÷ q6-12h.
Desired therapeutic range: 350-700 micromol/L (50-100
microgram/mL).
Dosing is equivalent for valproic acid, divalproex and sodium
valproate.
Valproic acid IV is special access only and reserved for specific
indications. Please consult pharmacist.
Vitamin K
Reversal of prolonged clotting times or warfarin induced
anticoagulation.
IV/PO: 0.5-10 mg/DOSE.
Use lower doses if there is no significant bleeding and patient will
require warfarin in the future. May repeat in 6-8 hours. Injection
may be given by mouth, undiluted or in juice or water.
Zinc Sulphate
Supplement
PO: 0.5-1 mg elemental zinc/kg/DAY divided q8-12h
(usual max 15mg elemental zinc/DAY)
Available as 10mg/mL elemental zinc suspension, 10mg or 50mg
elemental zinc tablets
MacPeds Survival Guide
170
Approximate Opioid Analgesic Equivalence
at HHS - May 2010
Suggested dose equivalence apply in stable analgesic states. Patients with acute
postoperative pain may have variations to suggested conversions.
OPIOID
Parenteral Dose
(mg)a
Oral Dose
(mg)
Fentanyl
Hydromorphone
Methadone
Morphine
Oxycodone
0.1-0.2
2
N/Ab
10
N/A
N/A
4
2.5-10 b
20-30
10-15
These approximate analgesic equivalences should be used only as a
guide for estimating equivalent doses when switching from one opioid to
another in chronic pain patients. Additional references & patient response
should be consulted to verify appropriate dosing of individual agents.
a
Parenteral route includes intravenous, intramuscular and subcutaneous route,
but does not include intraspinal route.
8
Methadone equivalency is highly variable – this ratio from Micromedex as
suggested equivalency ratio in patients on chronic oral methadone.
MacPeds Survival Guide
171
Approximate Systemic Corticosteroid
Equivalence
at HHS - May 2010
Equivalent Dose
(mg)a
Relative Mineralocorticoid
Potency
Drug
Glucocorticoids:
Short-acting (biologic half-life 8–12 h)
Cortisone
25
Hydrocortisone
20
Intermediate-acting (biologic half-life 12–36 h)
Methylprednisolone
4
Prednisolone
5
Prednisone
5
Long-acting (biologic half-life 36–54 h)
Dexamethasone
0.75
2
2
0
1
1
0
a
Equivalent doses are approximations and may not apply to all diseases or routes of
administration. Duration of hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis suppression and
degree of mineralocorticoid activity must be considered separately.
MacPeds Survival Guide
172
PPI (Proton Pump Inhibitors) in Pediatrics – Reflux Disease – Best Evidence in Peds with Omeprazole, Lansoprazole and Pantoprazole. Pediatric Dose
1, 6 Drug Generic Name Brand Name Omeprazole Losec 1-­‐1.5 mg/kg/day PO once daily or divided BID NEONATAL: 0.5-­‐1.5 mg/kg/dose Lansoprazole Prevacid <10 kg: 7.5 mg PO OD 10-­‐30 kg: 15 mg PO OD >30 kg: 30 mg PO OD Esomeprazole Nexium Pantoprazole Rabeprazole 1 Usual Adult Dose 2 GERD
Administration (See note below) 10-­‐20 mg PO OD 1.Capsule – can be opened & sprinkled on yogurt and given 2. Pharmacy prepared suspension can be used 1.6 mg/kg/day or 30 mg/day 15-­‐30 mg PO OD 1.Capsules may be opened and sprinkled into applesauce 2.FasTabs can be placed on tongue for doses 15mg or greater 3. FasTabs can be mixed with water (10mL) to provide part doses only if no other options exist 4. Pharmacy Prepared suspension may be used if available 1mo-­‐11 yrs: <5kg:2.5-­‐ 5mg PO OD >5kg: 10 mg PO OD 12-­‐17yrs: 20 mg PO OD 40 mg/day 20-­‐40 mg PO OD 1.Tabs can be dispersed for PO admin. Mix with 25-­‐50mL mL of water 2. Sachet can be dissolved & administered via G tube Pantoloc 1-­‐1.5 mg/kg/day 40 mg/dose 20-­‐40 mg PO OD Cannot be crushed Pariet Greater than 10 years: 10 mg PO OD 20 mg PO OD Cannot be crushed (
BID dosing is thought to provide better control of breakthrough acid) Max Dose (faster clearance in peds than adults – may need higher than standard adult dose) 3.5 mg/kg/day Note: 5( Pharmacy Prepared Suspension
(Compounding dependent on pharmacy) 3 Available 4 Formats and Cost LU Code 10mg capsules– not ODB covered 20 mg cap ($0.6/cap) 15mg ($0.5/cap) 30mg ($0.5/cap) with Enteric coated microgranules 15, 30 mg FasTabs (not ODB covered) 293 – GERD or non erosive GERD when H2Antags have failed 297-­‐PUD or prevention of NSAID induced ulcers 401-­‐ treatment of GI disorders: Crohns, short Gut etc. 402-­‐severe esophagitis, Zollinger-­‐Ellison etc. 20 mg, 40 mg tablet 10 mg sachet for oral suspension (Not ODB covered) 20mg-­‐ not a benefit 40 mg ($0.5/tablet) 10 mg ($0.17 tablet)), 20 mg ($0.3/tablet) NO – Not covered under ODB 293 – GERD or non erosive GERD when H2Antags have failed 295 – for HPylori Peptic Ulcer 297-­‐PUD or prevention of NSAID induced ulcers 401-­‐ treatment of GI disorders: Crohns, short Gut etc. 402-­‐severe esophagitis, Zollinger-­‐Ellison etc. 293 – GERD or non erosive GERD when H2Antags have failed 295 – for HPylori Peptic Ulcer 297-­‐PUD or prevention of NSAID induced ulcers 401-­‐ treatment of GI disorders: Crohn’s,, short Gut etc. 402-­‐
severe esophagitis, Zollinger-­‐Ellisons etc. NO-­‐ Not Covered under ODB Note: Directions for opening capsules and dissolving tablets with dispersed microgranules into food or water requires that the granules must NOT be crushed or chewed for effect. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Hospital for Sick Children. Drug Handbook and Formulary. 2009. th
RX Files Drug Comparison Charts. 8 Edition ODB Drug Formulary eCPS, 2012 Jew, RK et. Al. Extemporaneous Formulations for Pediatric, Geriatric, and Special Needs Patients. ASHP. 2 Edition. nd
Micromedex . Accessed December 2012. Prepared by N Fernandes RPh, Drug Information Centre, HHS. Reviewed by S Yousaf RPh, Pediatrics MCH. MacPeds Survival Guide
173
PEDIATRIC FORMULARY
3
NUTRIENTS PER 100 mL unless otherwise noted
May, 2012
FEED
INFANT (0-1 YR)
HUMAN MILK * (mature)
SIMILAC ADVANCE
Abbott
ENFAMIL A+
Mead Johnson
Kcal
Protein
gram
70
1.1
68
1.4
68
1.4
Protein
source
Fat
gram
Fat
source
CHO
gram
CHO
source
Na
mg
K
mg
Cl
mg
Ca
mg
PO4
mg
Fe
mg
Vit A
Vit D
mOsm
(IU)
(IU)
/ kg H20
Indications for use
Lactalbumin casein
70:30 -whey:casein
Evaporated /dry skim
milk, whey protein
4.2
Human milk fat
7.2
Lactose
18
1.4
1.1
0.7
0.5
0.05
61
-
290
Preferred feeding for term and preterm infants 70:30 whey:casein
3.7
7.3
Lactose,
monoglycerides
16
71
44
53
29
1.2
203
41
300
Modified milk
ingredients
3.6
Safflower/sunflower
coconut, soy
Palm olein, soy,
coconut, sunflower
7.6
Lactose, corn syrup
GOS maltodextrin
18
73
43
53
29
1.22
200
41
300
Iron fortified term infant formula with added DHA (5 mg) and
ARA (13 mg)
Iron fortified term infant formula with added DHA (11.5 mg) and
ARA (23 mg). Prebiotics added (GOS, polydextrose)
Palm olein, soy,
coconut, safflower
Palm olein, soy,
coconut, sunflower
Coconut, sunflower
soy, palm olein
Coconut, sunflower
soy, palm olein
MCT, safflower, soy
7.5
Lactose, corn
maltodextrins
18
72
44
44
24
1.0
200
40
260
7.4
Rice starch lactose
maltodextrin corn syrup
27
73
51
53
36
1.2
200
41
230
7.4
20
74
45
55
31
1.2
200
41
200
24
81
54
71
47
1.22
200
41
170
30
80
54
71
51
1.2
203
30
370
Palm olein, soy,
coconut, sunflower
MCT, corn, soy,
sunflower/safflower
Safflower, coconut,
soy
Palm olein, soy,
coconut, sunflower
High oleic vegetable,
soy, coconut, MCT
7.0
Corn syrup solids
maltodextrin
Corn syrup solids
Mono/diglycerides
Sucrose, mod tapioca
starch
Corn syrup solids,
mod. corn starch
Corn syrup solids,
mod. Cornstarch
Corn syrup solids
32
74
58
64
35
1.22
200
34
320 rtf
300 pdr
32
74
58
64
35
1.22
240
34
330
25
104
52
83
62
1
212
35
375
Corn syrup solids,
tapioca starch
Lactose cornu syrup
solids
32
74
58
64
35
1.22
200
34
350
28
78
58
89
49
1.34
330
52
310
MCT, soy, high oleic
sunflower/safflower
MCT, soy
8.9
Corn syrup solids,
lactose
Corn syrup solids,
lactose
47
80
73
134
67
1.46
1010
195
300
16
29
13
90
50
1.44
950
150
35
Safflower, soy MCT,
sunflower
Safflower, soy, MCT,
sunflower
11
Maltodextrin, sucrose
37
130
101
97
80
1.4
259
32
310
18
Maltodextrin, soy, FOS
sucrose, oat hulls,
65
180
122
90
80
1.4
330
45
345
polydextrose
GOODSTART
Nestle
ENFAMIL A+ THICKENED
Mead Johnson
ENFAMIL LACTOSE FREE
Mead Johnson
ENFAMIL SOY A+
Mead Johnson
ALIMENTUM
Abbott
NUTRAMIGEN A+
Mead Johnson
PREGESTIMIL A+
Mead Johnson
NEOCATE INFANT
Nutricia
NUTRAMIGEN AA
Mead Johnson
67
1.5
Whey hydrolysate
(100% whey)
3.4
68
1.7
Nonfat milk
3.4
68
1.4
Milk protein isolates
3.6
68
1.7
Soy protein isolates
3.6
68
1.9
Hydrolyzed casein
3.8
68
1.9
Hydrolyzed casein
(100% casein)
3.6
68
1.9
Hydrolyzed casein
(100% casein)
3.8
67
2.1
Free amino acids
3
68
1.9
Free amino acids
3.6
ENFAMIL ENFACARE A+
Mead Johnson
ENFAMIL PREMATURE A+
With iron 24 kcal Mead Johnson
ENFAMIL HMF Mead Johnson
(per 4 pkg HMF )
PEDIATRICS (1-10 YR)
PEDIASURE
Abbott
PEDIASURE PLUS with fibre
Abbott
74
2.1
Nonfat milk, whey
protein
3.9
81
2.4
Non-fat milk
Whey protein
4.1
14
1.1
Milk protein isolate,
whey hydrolysate
1.0
100
3.0
Na caseinate (82%),
whey protein (18%)
5
150
4.2
Na/ca caseinate (82%)
whey protein (18%)
7.5
NUTREN JR
Nestle
100
3
Casein (50%), whey
protein (50%)
5
Soy, canola, MCT
11
Maltodextrin, sucrose
46
132
108
120
84
1.4
332
60
350
Sole source nutrition or supplement. Oral/tube feed.
21% MCT Lactose & gluten free √ ODB
NUTREN JR + Fiber
Nestle
PEPTAMEN JR
Nestle
PEPTAMEN JR 1.5 (prebio)
Nestle
100
3
Isolated casein (50%)
whey protein (50%)
5
Soy, canola, MCT
11
Maltodextrin, sucrose,
FOS/ inulin, pea fibre
46
132
108
120
84
1.4
332
60
350
100
3
Hydrolyzed whey
3.8
MCT, soy, canola
14
48
132
108
112
84
1.4
332
60
380
150
4.5
Hydrolyzed whey
6.8
MCT, soy, canola,
refined tuna oil
18
Maltodextrin, sugar,
corn starch
Maltodextrin, corn
starch, oligofructose
73
198
162
165
135
2.1
48
80
450
Supplement/tube feed. 21% MCT Lactose and gluten free. 0.36g
pea fiber and 0.2g FOS/inulin per 100 mL. √ ODB
Partially hydrolyzed protein. 60% MCT, 100% whey peptides
√ ODB
Partially hydrolyzed protein, hypercaloric, Per 100mL- 14mg EPA
+58mg DHA, 0.56 g Prebio Contains inulin 60% MCT NO ODB
NEOCATE JR (unflavoured)
Nutricia
100
3.3
Free amino acids
5
Coconut,
canola,safflower
10.4
Corn syrup solids
41
137
63
113
70
1.5
250
44
590
Amino acid formula for allergy, protein intolerance,
malabsorption. Fruit/choc flavours avail. 35% MCT √ ODB
COMPLEAT PEDIATRIC
Nestle
100
3.8
Chicken/peas/gr bean
Na caseinate
3.9
Canola, MCT
13
Cranberry juice corn
syrup solids peaches
80
164
56
144
100
1.4
332
60
380
Made with pureed food/juice for1-13 yrs. 20% MCT per 100 mL 0.68 fibre from veg/fruit + guar gum fibre √ ODB
MacPeds Survival Guide
7.2
6.9
6.9
7.8
7.0
7.7
<0.4
Hydrolyzed 100% whey-for infants at risk for milk protein allergy
or mild reflux. ↓ PO4, DHA (10 mg) and ARA (20mg)
Thickens when combines w/stomach acids- for reflux. Do not
concentrate beyond 24 kcal/oz. DHA (11.5mg) ARA (23mg)
Milk-based, lactose free formula. NOT suitable for galactosemia.
RTF only in hospital – concentrate n/a.
Soy based formula. Suitable for vegans. DHA (11.5 mg) & ARA
(23mg) Use powdered form only for galactosemia.
Hydrolyzed casein for milk protein allergy (60 % amino acids),
33% MCT. Lactose-free. Not kosher. √ ODB
Hydrolyzed casein for milk protein allergy. Lactose/sucrose free.
Not kosher. DHA (11.5 mg) & ARA (23mg) √ ODB
Hydrolyzed casein for milk protein allergy/fat malabsorption. 55%
MCT. DHA(11.5 mg) & ARA(23mg) NO ODB
Amino acid-based for milk protein allergy, malabsorption. 5%
MCT ,95% LCT √ ODB
Amino acid based for severe cow milk protein/ multiple allergies.
2.8% MCT DHA (11.5 mg) & ARA (23mg) √ ODB
Preterm discharge formula with more kcal, protein, vitamins,
minerals. DHA (12.6 mg) ARA (25 mg) 20% MCT √ ODB
For preterm Infants when human milk not available. 40% MCT.
DHA (13.8 mg) ARA (28mg)
To fortify human milk fed to premature/low birthweight infants
MCT 70%
Sole source of nutrition or supplement, oral/tube feed. Gluten and
lactose free . 20% MCT. √ ODB
High calorie Oral/tube feed. Not gluten free. 20% MCT, 0.75g
fiber/100mL FOS = 0.35g/100 ml) √ ODB
174
PEDIATRIC FORMULARY
NUTRIENTS PER 100 mL unless otherwise noted
May 2012
FEED
Kcal
Protein
PEDIATRICS (10+ yr)
HOMOGENIZED MILK
62
3.3
Casein, whey
3.4
Cow milk fat
4.7
JEVITY 1 CAL
Abbott
JEVITY 1.2 CAL
Abbott
JEVITY 1.5 CAL
Abbott
RESOURCE 2.0
Nestle
ENSURE
Abbott
ENSURE PLUS
Abbott
ENSURE HP
Abbott
ISOSOURCE VHN
Nestle
OXEPA
Abbott
OPTIMENTAL
Ross
106
4.4
Na/Ca caseinate, soy
3.6
120
5.55
Na/ ca caseinate
Soy protein
3.9
150
6.4
Na , ca caseinate, soy
5.0
Safflower/sunflower
canola MCT
Safflower, canola,
MCT
MCT, canola, corn
200
8.0
Na + ca caseinate
9.0
Canola
22
106
4.0
Milk & soy protein
concentrates
2.9
16
151
5.7
Milk/ soy/ whey
protein concentrates
4.7
Soy, canola, corn
oils. Soy lecithin
Canola, corn oil. Soy
lecithin
Safflower, canola,
corn oils
Canola, MCT, soy
PERATIVE **
Abbott
PEPTAMEN
Nestle
PEPTAMEN 1.5
Nestle
VITAL HN **
Abbott
VIVONEX PEDIATRIC
(Per 100 g powder) Nestle
NEPRO CARB STEADY
Abbott
SUPLENA
Abbott
MODULEN IBD **
Nestle
Protein
source
gram
Fat
Fat
source
gram
96
5.0
Na/ ca caseinate,
soy protein
2.6
100
6.2
Na , ca caseinate
2.9
150
6.3
Na, ca caseinates
9.4
100
5.1
2.8
130
6.7
Whey /na caseinate
hydrolysates,
arginine
Na caseinate,
arginine lactalbumin
100
4.0
150
CHO
Na
mg
K
mg
Cl
mg
Ca
mg
PO4
mg
Fe
mg
Vit A
Vit D
mOsm
(IU)
(IU)
/ kg H20
Lactose
50
156
105
123
96
0.05
128
43
15.2
Maltodextrin, corn
syrup solids soy fibre
74
124
115
91
76
1.4
381
31
310
17.3
Maltodextrin FOS soy +
oat fibre, corn syrup solids
135
185
150
120
120
1.8
400
30
450
21.6
Maltodextrin FOS soy +
oat fibre, corn syrup solids
140
215
136
120
120
1.8
375
40
525
80
150
120
106
106
2.0
529
42
790
106
160
106
128
117
1.6
532
26
642
106
170
115
128
117
1.6
532
26
gram
21.5
13.2
CHO
source
Corn syrup, sugar,
maltodextrin
Sugar, corn
maltodextrin
Corn maltodextrin,
sucrose
Sugar, corn
maltodextrin
633
vanilla
123
182
107
117
117
1.5
496
21
546
12.8
Maltodextrin, guar gum
soy polysaccharides
128
160
136
80
80
1.4
288
27
300
Canola, MCT,
marine + borage oils
Marine oils, MCT,
canola, soy oils
10.5
Sucrose,
maltodextrin
Maltodextrin,
sucrose, FOS
131
196
169
106
106
2
1191
42.5
535
112
171
120
106
106
1.3
823
28
585
3.74
Canola, MCT, corn
17.7
Maltodexrtrin
104
173
165
87
87
1.6
868
35
385
Hydrolyzed whey
3.9
soybean, MCT
13
56
150
100
80
70
1.8
324
27
380
6.8
Whey
5.6
soybean, MCT
19
102
186
174
100
100
2.7
486
41
550
100
4.2
Partially hydrolyzed
protein blend, whey
1.1
Safflower, MCT
18.5
Maltodextrin, sugar
corn starch
Maltodextrin, corn
starch
Maltodextrin, sucrose
57
140
103
67
67
1.2
333
27
500
411
12.3
Free amino acids
12.1
64.7
Maltodextrin, corn
starch
205
616
534
493
411
5.34
127
164
360
180
8.1
Milk protein, Ca, mg,
na caseinates
9.6
16
Corn syrup solid FOS
maltodextrin sucrose
106
106
84
106
72
1.9
318
8.5
745
200
3.0
Na + ca caseinate
9.6
Coconut, soybean
palm/coconut
Safflower, soy
lecithin, canola
Safflower, soy
25
Maltodextrin, sucrose
78
112
93
139
74
1.9
106
8.5
600
99
3.5
Casein
4.8
Milk fat, MCT, corn
10.8
Corn syrup, sugar
35
126
80
83
54
0.96
284
38
340
14
Indications for use
For children >1 yr if consuming balanced, varied diet with
adequate source of iron.
Isotonic, high protein for tube feeding 1.4 g/100 mL fibre. √ ODB.
19% MCT
High kcal, high protein fiber containing tube feed. 1.2 g fiber /100
mL-soluble & insoluble.FOS = 1.0 g/100 mL. 19% MCT √ ODB
High pro& kcal for fluid restriction/elevated energy needs 19%
MCT. 0.89g fiber/1g FOS/100 mL. √ ODB 1 & 1.5L size only
High nitrogen, calorically dense.for fluid restriction. Oral
supplement / tube feed. √ ODB
Oral supplement/ tube feed. Lactose & gluten free. Vanilla,
strawb, choc. NOT ODB covered (Ensure w fiber IS √ ODB)
Oral supp. Calorically dense, high pro for fluid restrictions.
Lactose/gluten free. Strawb/van/butter pecan. No fiber √ ODB
High protein supplement/ tube feed. Lactose and gluten free. NOT
ODB covered. Van/choc/straw. No fiber
High protein, fibre containing tube feed. 50% of fat as MCT.
0.45g fiber/100 mL. Lactose and gluten free √ ODB
Low CHO, calorically dense - for critically ill/Sepsis/ARDS.
EPA&GLA oil, 25% MCT. Lactose/gluten free. NOT kosher
Elemental for malabsorption EPA(2.3 g/L) DHA(1g/L) Arginine
3.6g/L. FOS 5g/L 60% fat as marine/MCT √ ODB NOT kosher
Peptide based for metabolically stressed. 8.05g/L arginine, Oral
and tube feed. For those > 4yrs.
Elemental diet for impaired GI function/malabsorption. Oral &
tube. 100% whey protein. 70% MCT. Vanilla flavour √ ODB
Elemental high calorie diet for malabsorption. 100% whey protein.
Vanilla flavour 70% MCT. √ ODB
Peptide based, VERY low fat formula for limited digestion +
absorption. Contains peptides and free aa. 43% MCT NOT kosher
Elemental formula for fat malabsorption-68% MCT - 1 pkg powder
(48.7g) + 220 mL water = 250 mL (0.8 kcal/mL) √ ODB
Acute or chronic renal failure requiring dialysis. Oral/tube feed.
0.84g FOS + 0.42g fiber per 100 mL NOT ODB Vanilla
Low protein for chronic/acute renal failure patient not on dialysis.
Oral/ tube feed. √ ODB
Polymeric formula for Crohn’s disease. Oral/tube feed. Can be
concentrated to 1.5 kcal/mL. 25% MCT √ ODB
* Jensen, RD (ed) Handbook of Milk Composition. San Diego, Academic Press, 1995.
** HMF = Human Milk Fortifier
CONVERSION FACTORS: Ca - 40mg per mmol PO4 – 31mg per mmol Na – 23mg per mmol Cl – 35.5 mg per mmol K – 39 mg per mmol √ ODB indicates product covered by Ontario Drug Benefits
Vitamin A – 3.33 IU = 1 mcg Vitamin D – 40 IU = 1 mcg
** Available as non-formulary request
MacPeds Survival Guide
175
PEDIATRIC FORMULARY
NUTRIENTS PER 100 mL unless otherwise noted
May, 2012
FEED
Protein
source
Na
mg
K
mg
Cl
mg
Ca
mg
PO4
mg
Fe
mg
Vit A
(IU)
Vit D
(IU)
mOsm
/ kg
H 20
Indications for use
235
590
404
440
330
8.8
1560
130
n/a
.008
Corn syrup solids
Sugar
-
59
146
83
140
100
2.4
405
81
-
65
Corn syrup solids
250
874
350
750
525
11.9
2000
300
-
3
Corn syrup solids
300
1080
500
800
650
11
1500
208
53
Corn syrup solids
190
675
325
575
400
9
1400
300
53
Corn syrup solids
190
675
325
575
400
9
1400
300
53
Corn syrup solids
190
675
410
575
400
9
1400
300
57
Corn syrup solids
215
760
390
650
455
10
1600
300
53
Corn syrup solids
190
675
325
575
400
9
1400
300
Corn syrup
125
420
292
<50
128
9.2
1540
0
202
Fat malabsorption, chylothorax, defective lymphatic transport.
87% MCT Consult RD for recipe √ ODB
Carbohydrate-free soy formula for carbohydrate intolerance water and CHO source required. √ ODB
For reduced protein diet, specific amino acid disorders, or
increased energy, minerals, vitamins. 1 cup powder = 120 g
Used in treatment of intractable epilepsy with ketogenic diet
Contains aspartame. √ ODB
For infants with tyrosinemia. No PHE or TYR–must be from
diet.1 cup powder = 120 grams; 2.73 mosm/g powder.
For infants with phenylketonuria. No PHE – must be obtained
from diet 1 cup powder = 120 grams; 2.72 mosm/g powder.
For propionic academia/methylmalonic academia. No VAL,
MET, low THR, ILE 1 cup powder =120 grams; 2.76 mosm/g
For urea cycle disorders. Additional protein obtained from
diet. 1 cup powder = 120 grams; 2.20 mosm/g powder.
For infants/children with glutaric aciduria Type 1or 2Ketoadipic Aciduria. 1 cup powder = 120g 2.73 mosm/g pwdr.
Low calcium, low phosphorus NO vit D formula with iron for
hypercalcemia. Order via Specialty Food Shop. 1 cup = 105 g
90
450
204
250
250
2.4
782
24
600
94
Sucrose, FOS (1g),
maltodextrin
Glucose polymers
130
10
223
30
15
0.09
-
-
-
Supplement-not for tube feeds. Chocolate/vanilla (only choc in
hospital) DHA(10 mg) ARA(3.3) 15% MCT NO ODB
Carbohydrate module, lactose free 1 Cup = 100g √ ODB
Safflower, soy lecithin
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Fat module 1 TBSP = 67.5 kcal NOT ODB covered
MCT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
-
1.4
5
-
4.3
2.1
-
-
-
Corn oil, milk fat
41
250
370
-
420
370
7
1998
-
-
0.2
soy
15
1.3
0.1
2.6
1.4
2.2
1.0
80
0.5
700
22.3
Corn, coconut, palm
kernel
73
Maltodextrin, sugar
lactose, inulin
Sugar, corn syrup
solids
Mono/diglycerides
<20
<5
<20
<5
<5
-
-
310
Fat module for fat malabsorption, cholestasis. 1 TBSP = 14 g
= 115 kcal √ ODB
Protein module lactose/gluten free. 1 pkg = 7g = 6g pro/25kcal
Mix 1 pkg in 60-120 ml water for tube feed, 30 mosm/pkg
Oral supplement, 315 mL tetra pack, chocolate, vanilla,
strawberry. 4 g FOS/inulin per 315 mL serving NO ODB
Low fat supplement. Lactose, gluten free. Orange, peach,
wildberry. √ ODB
Soluble fat and CHO module. Lactose, gluten, sucrose fructose
free. 35% of fat as MCT. Oral/tube 1tbsp = 42kcal NO ODB
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Dosage = 0.5 g/kg divided TID. Mix 10g in liquid (not
pop)/add to 60mL for tube feed. Not with renal/liver disease
Instant food thickener for dysphagia management.
170
Oral electrolyte maintenance solution. Light cherry flavour,
Kcal
Protein
grams
Fat
grams
Fat
source
CHO
gram
470
17
Na caseinates
(100%)
22
MCT, corn, coconut
54
81
4
Soy protein
isolates
7.2
soy, coconut,
safflower
Safflower, coconut,
soy
Soy oils, soy
lecithin
Safflower, coconut,
soy
Safflower, coconut,
soy
Safflower, coconut,
soy
Safflower, coconut,
soy
Safflower, coconut
sou
Coconut, corn oil
510
0
720
15
Dry whole milk
72
480
15
L-amino acids
21.7
480
15
L-amino acids
21.7
480
15
L-amino acids
21.7
510
7.5
L-amino acids
24.6
480
15
L-amino acids
21.7
513
11.4
Whey, sodium
caseinate
28.7
235
9.3
Milk protein,
whey, soy
7.7
33
0
Soy,canola, MCT,
coconut/palm
-
380
-
-
4.5
-
-
0.5
7.7
-
-
3.6
0.86
Whey (100%)
0
300
15
Skim milk, milk
protein
9
77
3.7
Whey (100%)
492
0
-
CHO
source
METABOLICS/SPECIALTY
PORTAGEN
(per 100g powder) Mead Johnson
RCF (per 100mL concentrate)
Abbott
PROPHREE
(per 100g powder) Abbott
KETOCAL
(per 100g powder) Nutricia
TYREX 1
(per 100 g powder) Abbott
PHENEX 1
(per 100 g powder) Abbott
PROPIMEX 1
(per 100 g powder) Abbott
CYCLINEX 1
(per 100 g powder) Abbott
GLUTAREX 1
(per 100 g powder) Abbott
CALCILO XD
(per 100 g powder) Abbott
28
52.3
MODULARS/SUPPLEMENTS
PEDIASURE COMPLETE
(Per 235 mL bottle) Abbott
POLYCOSE POWDER
(per 100 gram) Abbott
MICROLIPID
(per mL) Nestle
MCT OIL
(per mL) Nestle
RESOURCE BENEPROTEIN
(per gram) Nestle
BREAKFAST ANYTIME
Nestle (per 315 mL box)
BOOST FRUIT BEVERAGE
Nestle
DUOCAL
(per 100 gram) Nutricia
OTHER PRODUCTS
GLUTAMINE powder
Per 10g container
RESOURCE THICKEN UP
Nestle (per 1 Tbsp or 4.5g)
ENFAMIL ENFALYTE
Mead Johnson
PEDIALYTE (per 100 mL)
Abbott
PEDIALYTE POPSICLES
per 62.5 mL popsicle - Abbott
40
??
L-glutamine
-
0
??
15
4
12.6
3.2
10
-
6.3
-
MacPeds Survival Guide
-
-
hydrolyzed cornstarch
-
-
2.5
Modified food
starch (corn)
Corn syrup solids,
citrates
Dextrose
-
-
1.6
Dextrose
-
10
115
98
160
104
78
124
-
-
-
-
-
250
Oral electrolyte maintenance solution
64
51
78
-
-
-
-
-
250
Oral electrolyte maintenance. Popsicles contain flavour +
colouring. Melt and add to regular pedialyte for flavour.
176
PEDIATRIC
EMERGENCY
MEDICINE
MacPeds Survival Guide
177
Page 1 of 1
MacPeds Survival Guide
http://circ.ahajournals.org/content/122/18_suppl_3/S876/F1.large.jpg
178
5/24/2012
Page 1 of 1
MacPeds Survival Guide
http://circ.ahajournals.org/content/122/18_suppl_3/S876/F2.large.jpg
179
5/24/2012
Page 1 of 1
MacPeds Survival Guide
http://circ.ahajournals.org/content/122/18_suppl_3/S876/F3.large.jpg
180
5/24/2012
PALS Medications for Cardiac Arrest and Symptomatic Arrhythmias
Medication
Adenosine
Dose
IV/IO: 0.1 mg/kg
Max 6 mg
Repeat dose: 0.2 mg/kg
Max 12 mg
IV/IO: 5 mg/kg
(Max 300 mg)
Supplied
3 mg/mL: 0.03 mL/kg
Max 2 mL
Repeat dose: 0.07 mL/kg
Max 4 mL
50 mg/mL: 0.1 mL/kg
Max 6 mL
IV/IO: 0.02 mg/kg
Min 0.1 mg
Max 0.5 mg for child
Max 1 mg for adolescent
ET: use 2-10 times IV dose
0.1mg/mL: 0.2 mL/kg
Calcium
Chloride
Dextrose
IV/IO: 20 mg/kg
10% solution: 0.2 mL/kg
IV/IO: 0.5-1 g/kg
Epinephrine
IV/IO: 0.01 mg/kg
ET: 0.1 mg/kg
D10W: 5-10 mL/kg
D50W: 1-2 mL/kg
1:10 000: 0.1 mL/kg
1:1 000: 0.1 mL/kg
Amiodarone*
Atropine
MacPeds Survival Guide
Administration
Rapid bolus followed by
rapid flush
Rapid bolus for VF/VT,
over 20-60 minutes for
perfusing tachycardias
Bolus
Dilute with NS
to 3-5 mL
Give slow push,
central line preferred
Avoid hyperglycemia
Bolus
Dilute with NS to 3-5 mL
181
PALS Medications for Cardiac Arrest and Symptomatic Arrhythmias
Medication
Lidocaine
Magnesium
Sulfate
Naloxone
Procainamide*
Sodium
Bicarbonate
Cardioversion
Defibrillation
ETT size
MacPeds Survival Guide
Dose
IV/IO: 1 mg/kg
ET: use 2-10 times
the IV dose
IV/IO Infusion:
20-50 microgram/kg/min
IV/IO: 25-50 mg/kg
(max 2 g)
IV/IO/IM: 0.1 mg/kg
(max 2 mg)
ET: use 2-10 times
the IV dose
IV/IO: 15 mg/kg
*do not routinely use in
Combination with other drugs
that prolong QT interval
IV/IO: 1 mEq/kg
Supplied
20 mg/mL: 0.05 mL/kg
Administration
Bolus
Dilute with NS to
3-5 mL
Add 100 mg to
Run at 1.2 - 3
total of 100 mL
mL/kg/h
0.5 g/mL: 0.05-0.1
Rapid infusion for
mL/kg
torsades or
(max 4 mL)
severe
hypomagnesemia
0.4 mg/mL: 0.25 mL/kg Bolus
(max 5 mL)
Dilute with NS
to 3-5 mL
100 mg/mL: 0.15
Give over 30-60
mL/kg
minutes
(max 10 mL)
4.2%: 2 mL/kg
8.4%: 1 mL/kg
Give slowly and if
ventilation is
adequate. Use
4.2% in neonates
0.5 J/kg, double dose if arrhythmia continues
2 J/kg initially then 4 J/kg for each subsequent defibrillation attempt.
(age in years /4 ) + 4
182
McMaster Children’s Hospital
Guidelines for the Pharmacological Management of Convulsive Status Epilepticus
This guideline is applicable to the emergency room (ER), in-patient wards and the critical care units
within the Children’s Hospital.
Measures to maintain adequate airway, breathing & circulation and, appropriate investigations
depend on the individual situation.
When to initiate pharmacological treatment for ongoing convulsive seizures:
1. Convulsive seizure lasting more than 5 minutes or the onset of convulsion is unclear (in special
situations like acute brain injury where seizure are likely to cause additional brain insult,
immediate attention is needed)
2. Two or more seizures within a short period time without patient returning to baseline
neurobehavioral stage.
3. Strong clinical suspicion of non-convulsive seizures following a convulsive seizure
Time from onset
Onset
Blood glucose, electrolytes
First episode of seizure and/or etiology unclear: consider serum calcium,
phosphorous, magnesium, toxicology screen, ammonia, blood gas, CBC,
blood culture, LFTs
5 minutes
Intravenous Lorazepam 0.1 mg /kg (maximum 4 mg) IV over 1 minute
10 minutes
Intravenous Lorazepam 0.1 mg /kg (maximum 4 mg)IV over 1 minute
If IV access is not established, the options include the following
(a) Per rectal Lorazepam 0.1 mg/kg(Max 4 mg) (use the IV
preparation)*
(b) Intranasal Midazolam 0.2 mg/kg (maximum 10 mg) (Use the IV
preparation))**
15 minutes
If seizure continues despite 2 doses of benzodiazepines (including prehospital doses), please proceed to Phenytoin
Phenytoin 20 mg/kg (maximum 1g) IV in normal saline over 20 minutes
If no IV access: Phenytoin IO 20 mg /Kg (maximum 1 g)***
If patient is already on oral Phenytoin, consider IV Phenobarbital
If the patient has seizures while phenytoin is being infused, continue
additional doses of Benzodiazepines.
35 minutes
MacPeds Survival Guide
Phenobarbital 20mg/kg IV over 20 minutes (maximum 1 g)
183
55 minutes
Refractory Status Epilepticus
Points to remember
1. Waiting 5 minutes before initiating treatment of convulsive seizures in high risk patients could
potentially cause additional brain insult (Eg Brain injury patients).
2. *Diazepam 0.5 mg/kg PR (maximum 20mg) is another option
3. **Intranasal midazolam: Divide dose between nares. Atomizers for intranasal delivery are
available (http://www.wolfetory.com/Products/MAD/), but drug should be administered with a
syringe if atomizer is not immediately available.
4. Pre-hospital doses of benzodiazepine should be counted towards the total number of doses.
5. Prepare Phenytoin if you need to administer the second dose of Benzodiazepine. This avoids
further delay.
6. In neonates, phenobarbital is preferred to phenytoin
7. ***If no IV access: Another option is IM Fosphenytoin 20 mg PE/Kg (maximum 1 g) (if
available).
8. Consider Pyridoxine 100 mg IV in children <18 months with history of unexplained
developmental delay.
Refractory Status Epilepticus (RSE)
Defined as ongoing convulsive seizures despite 2 doses of Benzodiazepines, 20 mg/kg each of phenytoin
and Phenobarbital.
First line
Intravenous Midazolam IV 0.15 mg/kg bolus then 2 μg/kg/min infusion [Use of IV Midazoalm should
prompt immediate consultation with PCCU]
End point is absence of electrographic seizures (not burst suppression) in the EEG and clinical seizures.
Rapid titration: Increase as needed by 2 μg/kg/min q5 minutes
Bolus 0.15 mg/kg with each increase in infusion rate
Maximum infusion rate: 24 μg/kg/min (maximum 40 mg/hour)
Maintain phenobarbital and phenytoin at therapeutic serum levels
Goal is to maintain seizure free status for 24-48 hours.
Tapering Midazolam: Decrease by 1 μg/kg/min q15 minutes (not slow tapering unless indicated for
sedation or withdrawal management purposes)
If seizures recur while/after tapering Midzolam, maintain midazolam infusion for another 24 - 48 hours.
MacPeds Survival Guide
184
Points to remember
1. Midazolam can cause hypotension and accumulate in fat tissue
2. Midazolam is very short acting. Rapid titration (with intermittent boluses) is essential.
3. Maintenance dose of phenytoin and phenobarbital is continued.
4. EEG end point for Midazolam titration is absence of EEG seizures and not burst suppression
Second Line (if seizures persist despite midazolam infusion)
Intravenous Pentobarbital
Load: 5 mg/kg IV (maximum rate up to 50 mg/min); repeat 5 mg/kg boluses until seizures stop.
Initial rate: 1 mg/kg/hour
Maintenance: Repeat bolus and increase infusion if needed. Usual maximum infusion is 3 mg/kg/hour,
traditionally titrated to suppression-burst on EEG but titrating to seizure suppression is reasonable as
well (discuss the target with neurology). Higher doses may be required.
Continue Phenytoin
If no seizures for 48 hours: taper off Pentobarbital over 12 hours. Before tapering Pentobarbital, restart
the maintenance dose of Phenobarbital.
Points to remember:
1. Discontinue Phenobarbital and midazolam once Pentobarbital is started, but continue Phenytoin
2. Pentobarbital use is associated with the risk of hypotension and acidosis. Concomitant use of
Topiramate and Propofol augments the risk of acidosis.
3. Therapeutic end point is usually burst suppression pattern in the EEG with an interburst interval
of 8-20 seconds.
4. Restart the maintenance dose of Phenobarbital before tapering pentobarbital.
5. Other antiseizure medications may be considered only in conjunction with pediatric neurology
consultation.
Foot note
1. S/L Lorazepam is not listed here. In convulsive seizure, protection of the airway could include
clearing oral secretions which could reduce the effect of S/L medication.
2. Paraldehyde is not freely available (discuss with pharmacy). Dose is 200-400 mg /kg (per rectal)
mixed with equal volume of olive (mineral) oil.
3. Thiopentone is not freely available
MacPeds Survival Guide
185
Date: July 2011
Next Review: July 2012
Prepared by the Status Epilepticus Therapeutic Guideline Committee (Chair: R RamachandranNairNeurology, Members: M Duffett- Clinical Pharmacy, K Fitzpatrick- General Pediatrics, J Gilleland- Critical
care, A Kam- Emergency Medicine)
MacPeds Survival Guide
186
Emergency Room Management Guidelines
for the Child with Type 1 Diabetes
Diabetic Ketoacidosis (DKA)
History (some or all of)
Clinical Signs generally include
•
•
•
•
• Deep sighing respirations – (Kussmaul breathing)
with no wheeze or rhonchi
• Smell of ketones on breath
• Lethargy/drowsiness
• Dehydration – mild to severe
Polyuria
Polydipsia
Weight loss
Abdominal pain
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tiredness
Vomiting
Confusion
Difficulty breathing
Urine ketones/glucose
Capillary glucose STAT in ER
Venous blood – glucose, gases, electrolytes, urea, creatinine
Other as indicated
Confirm DKA
• Ketonuria
• Glucose >11 mmol/L
• pH <7.3
Hypotension (PALS Values)
Age
<1 month
1 month to 1 year
1 to 10 years
>10 years
• Serum Bicarbonate <18 mmol/L
• Consult Pediatrician immediately
Vascular Decompensation
Systolic BP (mm/Hg)
< or = 60
< or = 70
< or = 70 + (2 x age in years)
< or = 90
No Vascular
Decompensation
(with or without coma)
• Hypotension (see box)
• Decreased level of consciousness
•
•
•
•
THEN
• Clinically Dehydrated
• Hyperventilating
OR
• Vomiting
• Normal BP
(lying and sitting)
• Decrease to 5 - 7 ml/kg/hr with
Potassium Chloride as noted below
• Only infuse Sodium Bicarbonate
(1 - 2 mEq/kg over 1 hour) if:
1. Life-threatening hyperkalemia
2. Inotrope-resistant shock
3. Cardiac Arrest
Normal Saline
7 ml/kg over 1st hour
with Potassium Chloride
as noted below
THEN 3.5 - 5 ml/kg/hr
• Oral hydration
• S/C insulin
(see illness rules)
Resuscitation
• Assess airway and breathing
• Apply 100% oxygen by mask
• Normal Saline 10 ml/kg to
expand vascular space
Minimally dehydrated
Tolerating fluids orally
Normal bowel sounds
Normal mental status
After 1st Hour of IV Fluids
• If history of voiding within last hour and Potassium <5.5 mmol/L, add 40 mEq/L of Potassium Chloride to IV fluid
• Aim to keep Potassium between 4 - 5 mEq/L
• Continuous insulin infusion 0.1 units/kg/hr = 1ml/kg/hr (of solution of 25 units of
Regular Insulin in 250 ml Normal Saline). Include this amount in total fluid intake.
• DO NOT GIVE BOLUS OF INSULIN
• Continuous cardio-respiratory monitoring (with EKG tracing)
Neurological deterioration
Headache, irritability,
decreased level of consciousness,
decreased HR
First rapidly exclude hypoglycemia
by capillary blood glucose
measurement
THEN
Treat for cerebral edema
Acidosis not
improving
Acidosis improving
• Blood glucose <15 mmol/L
OR
• Blood glucose falls >5 mmol/L/h
after 1st hour of fluids
• Change IV to D5/Normal Saline
with Potassium as above
• Decrease insulin to 0.04 - 0.05 U/kg/hr =
0.4 - 0.5 ml/kg/hr of standard solution as above
• Blood glucose <10mmol/L change to
D10/Normal Saline with Potassium as above
(in 3 - 4 hours)
• Check insulin
delivery system
• Consider sepsis
• Contact Tertiary
Pediatric
Diabetes Centre
• 20% Mannitol 5 ml/kg over 20 minutes
• If Sodium has declined, administer
2 - 4 ml/kg of 3% saline over 10 - 20 min.
THEN
Normal Saline @ maintenance IV rate
• Decrease insulin to 0.04 - 0.05 U/kg/hr =
0.4 - 0.5 ml/kg/hr of standard solution as above
• Contact Tertiary Pediatric Diabetes Centre
• Admit to ICU
•
•
•
•
•
Improvement
Clinically well
Tolerating oral fluids
Ph >7.3
Bicarbonate >18mmol/L
• Start S/C insulin
• Stop IV insulin ½ hour after S/C dose of rapid-acting
or 1 hour after S/C dose of regular insulin
• Determine cause of DKA
• Contact regional Pediatric Diabetes Education Centre
Observation and Monitoring
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Hourly blood glucose (capillary)
Aim for a decrease in blood glucose of 5 mmol/L/h
Strict hourly documentation of fluids input/output
Calculate and review fluids balance at least every 4 hours
Hourly, at least, assessment of neurological status for a minimum of 24 hours
2 - 4 hours after start of IV – electrolytes, venous gases – then Q2-4h
Follow Effective Osmolality = (2x measured Sodium + measured blood glucose)
Avoid a decrease of >2 - 3 mmol/L/hr in effective osmolality by increasing IV sodium concentration
MacPeds Survival Guide
187
Emergency Room Management Guidelines
for the Child with Type 1 Diabetes
Hypoglycemia (moderate or severe)
History
Clinical Signs
Recent hypoglycemic event requiring treatment by another
person with Glucagon or oral glucose especially if
– Increased confusion
– Decreased consciousness
AND/
OR
Seizures
Hemiparesis
Any localizing neurological findings
Altered state of consciousness
Obtain a blood glucose (capillary)
Electrolytes and Gases not usually necessary
IF child is active, alert, and tolerating oral fluids well, then encourage
glucose-containing drinks at least at maintenance fluid rate
OTHERWISE
Start IV – at least 5% glucose in saline at maintenance rate, regardless of blood glucose level
If drowsy, and any neurological impairment, localized or generalized:
IV Bolus of 0.25 - 0.5 grams/kg of 50% glucose (0.5 - 1.0 ml/kg) OR 25% glucose (1 - 2 ml/kg)
Continue IV glucose until:
1. Child has no further neurological signs and
2. Child is no longer drowsy, confused, irrational or restless.
(May take up to 12 hours if hypoglycemic encephalopathy is present)
3. Maintain blood glucose >8 mmol/L as above until IV fluids discontinued
4. Then, change to oral sugar-containing fluids
Discharge
Discharge ONLY when child is
• Fully alert
• Tolerating oral fluids and
• Free of neurological signs.
Observation and Monitoring
• Determine cause and arrange for follow-up
• Decrease all insulin doses by 20% for next 24 hrs
• Renew prescription for Glucagon if used
Intercurrent Illness
If emesis 2x in past 4 hours,
keep NPO for 4 - 6 hours
No emesis BUT
Not drinking
No emesis
Tolerating fluids
• Capillary glucose
• Venous blood – glucose, gases,
urea, electrolytes
• Urine ketones
• Capillary glucose
• Venous blood – glucose, gases, electrolytes, urea
• Urine ketones
IV fluids
Maintenance IV fluids
• 4 ml/kg/hr for 1st 10 kg
• 2 ml/kg/hr for next 10 kg
• 1 ml/kg/hr for next 10 kg
Hyperglycemic
Hypoglycemic
• Do not omit insulin
• Use S/C insulin unless acidotic (see DKA guidelines)
• If Blood Glucose >11 mmol/L and mod-large
ketones, then give usual insulin PLUS extra short
or rapid-acting Q4h [10 - 20% of TOTAL (N&R or H)
daily dose]
• Do not omit insulin
• Decrease next scheduled insulin dose by 10 - 20%
• If not tolerating oral fluids then follow IV
as per hypoglycemia guidelines
• Otherwise encourage carbohydrate-containing fluids
Discharge
• Tolerating oral fluids
• No other reason for hospitalization
• Replace usual meal plan with carbohydrate-containing fluids
Observation and Monitoring
• Input & Output Q4h
• Blood glucose Q2-4h (keep within 4 -10 mmol/L)
• Test urine for ketones
MacPeds Survival Guide
188
Catalogue No. 013306 17,800 April/09 © 2009 Queen’s Printer for Ontario
• Severely dehydrated –
Normal Saline (10 ml/kg) over 1 hour
• If glucose >20 mmol/L then
Normal Saline at maintenance volumes
• If glucose <20 mmol/L then D5W./
Normal Saline at maintenance volumes
• Once voiding, add Potassium Chloride
MacPeds Survival Guide
189
ORDER SETS
MacPeds Survival Guide
190
ADDRESSOGRAPH
Patient’s Name:
_________________________________
Pediatrics Bronchiolitis Admission Order Set
Admit to:
Emergency Department
General Pediatrics:
Team 1 OR
Weight: _____ kg
Team 2
Dr. ___________________________________________
Anticipate stay of less than 24 hours
Droplet
Precautions:
Diet:
Other: _____________________________________
Encourage oral hydration and diet as appropriate for age
NPO, medications with sips
Strict NPO
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Vitals/Monitoring
Vitals
T, HR, RR, BP, SpO2 q4h
T, HR, RR, BP, SpO2 q_____ h
Continuous SpO2 monitoring
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Lines/Tubes/Respiratory
Respiratory
O2 to Keep SpO2 greater than 90%. If greater than 40% O2 required, then notify physician
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Lab Investigations
NPS For Virology
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Pain/Fever and Nausea Management
Tetracaine 4% gel 30 minutes prior to IV insertion or phlebotomy (wipe off prior to IV puncture)
Acetaminophen Clinical Protocol
Ibuprofen Clinical Protocol
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Signature:
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Co-Signature:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Transcribed By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Checked By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
□
Copy Made For
Pharmacy
(YYYY/MM/DD)
Page 1/2
xxxxx/MD/mm-yy/V1
MacPeds Survival Guide
191
ADDRESSOGRAPH
Patient’s Name:
_________________________________
Pediatrics Bronchiolitis Admission Order Set
IV Fluids
***Only if clinically indicated***
Bolus IV:
IV Fluid:
0.9% NaCl _________ mL over 20-30mins (10-20 mL/kg), after bolus IV finished, then:
D5W + 0.9% NaCl at ____ mL/h for 8 hours then ____ mL/h
With 20 mmol KCl/L of IV fluid (after child voids)
With 40 mmol KCl/L of IV fluid (after child voids)
Mild Dehydration (5% deficit)
Maintenance + 3 mL/kg/h
Less than 1 year of age:
Hourly fluid
Moderate Dehydration (10% deficit)
Maintenance + 5 mL/kg/h
calculation for
Mild Dehydration (3% deficit)
Maintenance + 2 mL/kg/h
the first 8 hours: 1 year of age or greater:
Moderate Dehydration (6% deficit)
Maintenance + 3 mL/kg/h
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Respiratory Medications
***If no improvement with bronchodilators, then physician to reassess for discontinuation***
0.9% NaCl 2 drops to each nare followed by suctioning PRN
3% NaCl 4 mL via nebulizer q8h throughout admission
Salbutamol
_____ puffs q4h and q1h PRN
OR
_____ mL with 2 mL 0.9% NaCl via nebulizer q ___ h and q1h PRN (0.15 mg/kg, minimum 1.5
EPINEPHrine 1:1,000 (1 mg/mL)
If weight <10kg: 3mLs by nebulizer q ___ h and q ___h PRN
If weight >10kg: 5mLs by nebulizer q ___ h and q ___h PRN
OR
1.5 mg with 4 mL 3% NaCl via nebulizer q8h
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Education
Provide RSV Information Card to family education
Recommended Discharge Criteria
Physician to assess for discharge when:
-Clinically Improving
-Eating and drinking to prevent dehydration
-Respirations less than 70 breaths/min
-Education for the family is complete
-O2 saturations acceptable on room air for 4 hours
Additional Orders:
_______________________________________________
Signature:
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Co-Signature:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Transcribed By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Checked By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
□
Copy Made For
Pharmacy
(YYYY/MM/DD)
Page 2/2
xxxxx/MD/mm-yy/V1
MacPeds Survival Guide
192
ADDRESSOGRAPH
Patient’s Name:
_________________________________
Pediatrics Croup Admission Order Set
Admit to:
Emergency Department
General Pediatrics:
Team 1 OR
Weight: _____ kg
Team 2
Dr. ___________________________________________
Anticipate stay of less than 24 hours
Droplet
Precautions:
Diet:
Other: _____________________________________
Encourage oral hydration and diet as appropriate for age
NPO, medications with sips
Strict NPO
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Vitals/Monitoring
Vitals
T, HR, RR, BP, SpO2 q4h
T, HR, RR, BP, SpO2 q_____ h
Continuous SpO2 monitoring
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Lines/Tubes/Respiratory
Respiratory
O2 to Keep SpO2 greater than 90%. If greater than 40% O2 required, then notify physician
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Lab Investigations
NPS For Virology
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Pain/Fever and Nausea Management
Tetracaine 4% gel 30 minutes prior to IV insertion or phlebotomy (wipe off prior to IV puncture)
Acetaminophen Clinical Protocol
Ibuprofen Clinical Protocol
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Signature:
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Co-Signature:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Transcribed By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Checked By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
□
Copy Made For
Pharmacy
(YYYY/MM/DD)
Page 1/3
xxxxx/MD/mm-yy/V1
MacPeds Survival Guide
193
ADDRESSOGRAPH
Patient’s Name:
_________________________________
Pediatrics Croup Admission Order Set
Croup Score
Croup Score:
________
0
1
2
Stridor
None
When
agitated
At rest
Retractions
None
Mild
Moderate
Normal
decreased
Markedly
decreased
Air Entry
Cyanosis in room air
3
5
With
agitation
At rest
Severe
None
Level of Consciousness
4
normal
disoriented
Croup Score: ________
MILD (Croup Score 0-2 without stridor or significant chest wall retractions at rest)
Dexamethasone ______ mg (0.6mg/kg, MAX 12 mg) PO x 1 dose
MODERATE (Croup Score 3-6 stridor and chest retractions at rest without agitation)
Minimize intervention (place child on parent’s lap, provide position of comfort)
Dexamethasone ______ mg (0.6 mg/kg, MAX 12 mg) PO x 1 dose
Epinephrine 1:1,000 (1 mg/mL)
If weight <10kg: 3mLs by nebulizer once
If weight >10kg: 5mLs by nebulizer once
SEVERE (Croup Score >6 stridor and retractions of the sternum associated with agitation or lethargy)
Minimize intervention (place child on parent’s lap, provide position of comfort)
Provide “blow-by” oxygen (optional unless cyanosis is present)
Dexamethasone ______ mg (0.6 mg/kg, MAX 12 mg) PO x 1 dose
EPINEPHrine 1:1,000 (1 mg/mL)
If weight <10kg: 3mLs with 2mLs 0.9%NS by nebulizer once
If weight >10kg: 5mLs by nebulizer once
If vomiting, or too distressed to take oral medication:
Budesonide 2mg nebulized with 3mL 0.9%NS once
Education
Provide Croup Information Card to family education
Recommended Discharge Criteria
Signature:
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Co-Signature:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Transcribed By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Checked By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
□
Copy Made For
Pharmacy
(YYYY/MM/DD)
Page 2/3
xxxxx/MD/mm-yy/V1
MacPeds Survival Guide
194
ADDRESSOGRAPH
Patient’s Name:
_________________________________
Pediatrics Croup Admission Order Set
***if epinephrine administered patient must be observed for a minimum of 2 hours after administration***
Mild Croup: Provide education to parents, provide Information Card and may discharge home without further
observation.
Moderate Croup: Observe 4 hours, if patient improves (no retractions or stridor at rest); provide education to parents,
provide Information Card and may discharge home with follow-up
Severe Croup: Based on clinical response to therapy, minimum 4 hour observation
Additional Orders:
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
Signature:
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Co-Signature:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Transcribed By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Checked By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
□
Copy Made For
Pharmacy
(YYYY/MM/DD)
Page 3/3
xxxxx/MD/mm-yy/V1
MacPeds Survival Guide
195
ADDRESSOGRAPH
Patient’s Name:
_________________________________
Pediatrics Mild to Moderate Dehydration
With Gastroenteritis Admission Order Set
See Associated Documents: Pediatric Clinical Features of Dehydration and Pediatric Maintenance Fluid
Emergency Department
General Pediatrics:
Team 1 OR
Admit to:
Weight: _____ kg
Team 2
Dr. ___________________________________________
Anticipate stay of less than 24 hours
Contact (if diarrhea present)
Precautions:
Diet:
Other: _____________________________________
If breastfeeding, then continue breastfeeding.
May continue to drink formula or milk, as age appropriate.
NPO for 4 hours after IV initiated, then introduce Oral Rehydration Therapy
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Vitals/Monitoring
Vitals:
T, HR, RR, BP, SpO2 q4h
T, HR, RR, BP, SpO2 q_____ h
Accurate Intake and Output with running balance (includes weighing diapers)
Monitoring:
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Oral Rehydration Therapy (ORT)
***Consider Ondansetron and ORT prior to ordering blood work***
*** Juice, pop, Jello are not appropriate for oral rehydration ***
If 1 year of age or older and has failed a trial of ORT in triage:
If weight 8 kg to 14.9 kg then Ondansetron 2 mg PO now, may repeat in 8hrs PRN for nausea/vomiting
If weight 15 kg to 30 kg then Ondansetron 4 mg PO now, may repeat in 8hrs PRN for nausea/vomiting
If weight greater than 30 kg then Ondansetron 8 mg PO now, may repeat in 8hrs PRN for nausea/vomiting
If child vomits within 15 minutes of administering Ondansetron, repeat dose once
Oral Rehydration Solution (ORS) (If given Ondansetron, start ORS in 15 minutes)
Mild dehydration or no clinical dehydration
ORS goal is ‘maintenance’ fluids ______mls in 2hrs, with additional fluids to keep up with losses (as below)
Re-evaluate hydration and estimated fluid losses q2h
Moderate dehydration
ORS goal is ___________mL over 4 hours (50-100 mL/kg if no IV infusing)
Re-evaluate hydration and estimated fluid losses q1h
Replace ongoing fluid losses (includes estimated volume of emesis or 5mls/kg per emesis, and 10 mL/kg for
episode of diarrhea)
Signature:
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Co-Signature:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Transcribed By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Checked By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
□
Copy Made For
Pharmacy
(YYYY/MM/DD)
Page 1/3
xxxxx/MD/mm-yy/V1
MacPeds Survival Guide
196
ADDRESSOGRAPH
Patient’s Name:
_________________________________
Pediatrics Mild to Moderate Dehydration
With Gastroenteritis Admission Order Set
When starting oral rehydration solution, start with 5 – 10 mL q5minutes initially to ensure fluids are tolerated
If tolerating ORT for 2 hours then request MD to reassess for possible discharge
If not tolerating ORT after 2 hours then notify MD (MD to consider IV therapy)
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Lab Investigations
***Not recommended unless clinical signs of dehydration and child has failed ORT***
***If IV ordered, then draw blood work with IV start***
Lab Investigations on Admission
If vomiting, Capillary Blood Glucose STAT if not done in triage
CBC
Na, K, Cl, HCO3, Glucose, Urea, Creatinine
VBG
Blood C + S for T greater than 38°C
Urine R + M
Urine C + S
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Additional Lab Investigations
Na, K, Cl, HCO3, Glucose, Urea and Creatinine at _____________ (time)
Stools for virology
Stool for C + S
Stool for O + P
Stool for C. difficile Toxin
VBG in ________hours
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
IV Fluids
***Not recommended unless clinical signs of dehydration and child has failed ORT***
Bolus IV:
IV Fluid:
0.9% NaCl _________ mL over 20-30mins (10-20 mL/kg), after bolus IV finished, then:
D5W + 0.9% NaCl at ____ mL/h for 8 hours then ____ mL/h
With 20 mmol KCl/L of IV fluid (after child voids)
With 40 mmol KCl/L of IV fluid (after child voids)
Mild Dehydration (5% deficit)
Maintenance + 3 mL/kg/h
Less than 1 year of age:
Hourly fluid
Moderate Dehydration (10% deficit)
Maintenance + 5 mL/kg/h
calculation for
Mild Dehydration (3% deficit)
Maintenance + 2 mL/kg/h
the first 8 hours: 1 year of age or greater:
Moderate Dehydration (6% deficit)
Maintenance + 3 mL/kg/h
If not vomiting after 2 hours of IV fluid then restart ORT for one hour, then MD to reassess and re-evaluate IV fluid
If still vomiting after 2 hours of IV fluid then MD to reassess and consider admission
Signature:
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Co-Signature:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Transcribed By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Checked By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
□
Copy Made For
Pharmacy
(YYYY/MM/DD)
Page 2/3
xxxxx/MD/mm-yy/V1
MacPeds Survival Guide
197
ADDRESSOGRAPH
Patient’s Name:
_________________________________
Pediatrics Mild to Moderate Dehydration
With Gastroenteritis Admission Order Set
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Pain/Fever and Nausea Management
Tetracaine 4% gel 30 minutes prior to IV insertion or phlebotomy (wipe off prior to IV puncture)
Acetaminophen Clinical Protocol
Ibuprofen Clinical Protocol
Other: ______________________________________________________________________
Education
Provide handout for family education: “What to do when your child has diarrhea”
Additional Orders:
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
Signature:
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Co-Signature:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Transcribed By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Checked By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
________ Time _______
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
□
Copy Made For
Pharmacy
(YYYY/MM/DD)
Page 3/3
xxxxx/MD/mm-yy/V1
MacPeds Survival Guide
198
1
Pediatric Clinical Features of Dehydration
Patient Presentation
Mild
Less than 1 year:
Less than/equal
to 5%
Moderate
Less than 1 year:
10%
Severe
Less than 1 year:
15%
Greater than 1
year: 6%
Greater than 1
year: 9%
Heart Rate
Greater than 1
year:
Less than/equal
to 3%
Normal
Mild tachycardia
Blood Pressure
Normal
Normal
Moderate
tachycardia
Decreased
Respiratory Rate
Normal
Normal
Increased
Skin
Capillary refill
Anterior fontanel
Mucous membranes
< 2 seconds
Normal
Normal / Dry
2 - 3 seconds
Depressed
Dry
>3 seconds
Depressed
Dry
Normal
Altered
Depressed
Decreased tone
Normal / Absent
Normal
Absent
Sunken
Absent
Sunken
Small
1.020
Oliguria
1.025
Oliguria-anuria
Maximal
Age
% Weight Loss
CNS
Mental Status
Eyes
Tearing
Appearance
Laboratory Tests
Urine
Volume
Specific gravity
Blood
Blood Urea Nitrogen
Upper normal
Elevated
High
Signs of dehydration may be less evident or appear later in hypernatremic dehydration;
conversely, they may be more pronounced or appear sooner in hyponatremic dehydration
MacPeds Survival Guide
199
ADDRESSOGRAPH
Patient’s Name:
_________________________________
Neonatal Prevention of Maternal-Infant HIV Transmission Order Set
***See Associated Documents: Neonatal/Pediatrics Policy NEO-Infant born to HIV Positive Mother
Administration of Zidovudine (AZT or Retrovir) to Infant Protocol****
Weight: ______ kg
Bathe baby as soon as physiologically stable post birth in mother’s room in L&D or 4C: 4C Respite Nursery is last
option
Consults: Neonatal consult at delivery
Social Work
Pediatric SIS Clinic or Pediatric Infectious Diseases within 12 - 24 hours of birth
Diet:
Baby may NOT breast feed.
Formula feed ad lib
Lab Investigations
***Do not use cord blood***
Injections/blood work to be administered only after baby has been bathed
Injection/blood work sites to be swabbed with Chlorhexidine swab prior to puncture
CBC (heel prick)
HIV DNA PCR
HIV antibody and P24 antigen
CD4/CD8
_________________________________________________________________________
Anti-Retroviral Therapy
Medications to be administered only after baby has been bathed
Injection sites to be swabbed with Chlorhexidine swab prior to puncture
Zidovudine (AZT) should be initiated as close to the time of birth as possible, preferably within 6-12 h of delivery
Zidovudine (AZT) ______ mg IV over one hour q6h (1.5 mg/kg/dose)
 Discontinue and change to PO when able to tolerate oral medication
edoduvodiZ(AZT) ______ mg PO q12h (4 mg/kg/dose) starting after first feed
Continue Zidovudine for 6 weeks total (IV and PO combined)
Discharge Planning
Notify MUMC Outpatient pharmacy (extension 75019) of need for Zidovudine for 6 weeks
Call to SIS clinic (extension 75075) to inform them of birth and book follow-up appointment at 4 - 6 weeks of age
Complete attached Patient Registration Form for Zidovudine funding and fax to 416-480-6060 as soon as possible
(See Associated Document)
Additional Orders:
___________________________________________________
***Complete all areas in signature box. Orders will not be processed without a written signature and bradma on each page***
Signature:
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Co-Signature:
________________________________ Pager # _______ Date ________ Time ________
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
(YYYY/MM/DD)
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Transcribed By:
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
Checked By:
________ Time _______
(YYYY/MM/DD)
_______________________________
Date
Signature/Printed Name/Designation
________ Time _______
(YYYY/MM/DD)
□
Copy Made For
Pharmacy
Page 1/1
HIV/MD/02-11/V1
MacPeds Survival Guide
200
Asthma Order set
Admit to:
General Pediatrics:
Team 1 OR
Team 2
Anticipate admission of less than 24 hours
Precautions:
Diet:
Contact
Droplet
Dr. ___________________ Weight: _____ kg
Airborne - Reason: _____________________________________
Encourage oral hydration and diet as appropriate for age
NPO, medications with sips
Strict NPO
_________________________________________________________________________
Vitals/Monitoring
Vitals
T, HR, RR, BP, SpO 2 q4h
T, HR, RR, BP, SpO 2 q_____ h
Continuous SpO 2 monitoring
_________________________________________________________________________
Lines/Tubes/Respiratory
Lines
Peripheral IV
Respiratory
O 2 to Keep SpO 2 greater than 92%. If greater than 40% O 2 required, then notify physician
_________________________________________________________________________
Lab Investigations
NPS For Virology
_________________________________________________________________________
IV Fluids
***Only if clinically indicated***
Bolus IV:
IV Fluid:
0.9% NaCl _________ mL over 20-30mins (10-20 mL/kg), after bolus IV finished, then:
D5W + 0.9% NaCl at ____ mL/h
With 20 mmol KCl/L of IV fluid (after child voids)
With 40 mmol KCl/L of IV fluid (after child voids)
_________________________________________________________________________
MacPeds Survival Guide
201
Asthma Order set
Bronchodilator Therapy
Salbutamol 100 micrograms/puff: _____ puffs inhaled with spacer device q ___ h and q1h PRN (2-10 puffs/dose)
OR (if unable to use MDI)
Salbutamol via nebulizer: less than 20 kg:
2.5 mg q ___ h and q1h PRN
20 kg or greater:
5 mg q ___ h and q1h PRN
Dilute nebulizer solution(s) to a minimum of 3 mL in 0.9% NaCl
_________________________________________________________________________
Corticosteroids
Inhaled corticosteroids
Fluticasone 125 mcg/puff MDI _____ puffs BID
OR
Budesonide via nebulizer: _____ mg with 2 mL 0.9% NaCl BID (0.25 - 0.5 mg/dose)
_________________________________________________________________________
Systemic corticosteroids
prednisoLONE _____ mg PO daily x _____ days (1 mg/kg/dose, rounded to the nearest 5 mg x 5 days)
(maximum 50 mg/dose)
•
If patient prefers tablets then change to predniSONE (same dose and total duration)
OR
Dexamethasone _____ mg PO daily x _____ days (0.3 mg/kg/dose x 3 days) (maximum 8 mg/dose)
OR (if unable to tolerate oral corticosteroids)
methylPREDNISolone _____ mg IV daily (1 mg/kg/dose) (maximum 40 mg/dose)
_________________________________________________________________________
Pain/Fever and Nausea Management
Tetracaine 4% gel 30 minutes prior to IV insertion or phlebotomy (wipe off prior to IV puncture)
Pediatrics Acetaminophen Clinical Protocol
Pediatrics Ibuprofen Clinical Protocol
_________________________________________________________________________
MacPeds Survival Guide
202
Asthma Order set
Education
Provide asthma information handout to family
Ensure written asthma action plan has been provided to family prior to discharge
Ensure referral to Asthma Education has been completed and faxed prior to discharge
Recommended Discharge Criteria
Physician to assess for discharge when:
• No longer requiring supplemental oxygen for at least 4-6 hours
• Eating, drinking and tolerating oral medication
• Vital signs appropriate for age
• Education for family complete, including written asthma action plan
• Outpatient follow up arranged
Additional Orders:
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
MacPeds Survival Guide
203
UTI Order Set
Admit to: General Pediatrics:
Precautions:
Diet:
Contact
Team 1 OR
Droplet
Team 2
Dr. ________________________ Weight: _____ kg
Airborne - Reason: _____________________________________
Encourage diet as appropriate for age
NPO, medications with sips
Strict NPO
_________________________________________________________________________
Activity:
AAT
Vitals/Monitoring
Vitals
T, HR, RR, BP, SpO 2 q4h
T, HR, RR, BP, SpO 2 q_____ h
_________________________________________________________________________
Lines/Tubes/Respiratory
Respiratory
O 2 to Keep SpO 2 greater than 92%. If greater than 40% O 2 required, then notify physician
_________________________________________________________________________
Lab Investigations
Lab Investigations if not done in the previous 24 hours
CBC
Na, K, Cl
Creatinine, Urea
Blood C + S
Urine R + M
Urine C + S (Do not send bag urine for culture)
_________________________________________________________________________
Diagnostics
Ultrasound Kidney - Reason: _____________________ Query:
____________________________
Voiding cystourethrogram - Reason: ____________________ Query: ________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
MacPeds Survival Guide
204
UTI Order Set
IV Fluids
***Only if clinically indicated***
Bolus IV:
IV Fluid:
0.9% NaCl _________ mL over 20-30 minutes (10-20 mL/kg), after bolus IV finished, then:
D5W + 0.9% NaCl at ____ mL/h
With 20 mmol KCl/L of IV fluid (after child voids and renal function and electrolytes normal)
_________________________________________________________________________
Antibiotics
Ampicillin _____ mg IV q6h (25-50 mg/kg/dose)
Gentamicin _____ mg IV q24h (5 mg/kg/dose)
cefTRIAXone _____ mg IV q24h (50 mg/kg/dose)
_________________________________________________________________________
Pain/Fever and Nausea Management
Tetracaine 4% gel 30 minutes prior to IV insertion or phlebotomy
Pediatrics Acetaminophen Clinical Protocol
Pediatrics Ibuprofen Clinical Protocol
_________________________________________________________________________
Education
Provide UTI information card to family
Recommended Discharge Criteria
Physician to assess for discharge when:
-Clinically Improving, vitals signs appropriate for age,
afebrile
-Education for the family is complete
-Eating and drinking and tolerating oral medications
-Outpatient follow up and tests ordered
Additional Orders:
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
MacPeds Survival Guide
205